blob: c7fee83477d0d4baaa61d5784951cee547dc35ea [file] [log] [blame]
Bram Moolenaar578b49e2005-09-10 19:22:57 +00001*eval.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Sep 10
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002
3
4 VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
5
6
7Expression evaluation *expression* *expr* *E15* *eval*
8
9Using expressions is introduced in chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|.
10
11Note: Expression evaluation can be disabled at compile time. If this has been
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +000012done, the features in this document are not available. See |+eval| and
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +000013|no-eval-feature|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000014
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000151. Variables |variables|
16 1.1 Variable types
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +000017 1.2 Function references |Funcref|
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +000018 1.3 Lists |Lists|
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +000019 1.4 Dictionaries |Dictionaries|
20 1.5 More about variables |more-variables|
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000212. Expression syntax |expression-syntax|
223. Internal variable |internal-variables|
234. Builtin Functions |functions|
245. Defining functions |user-functions|
256. Curly braces names |curly-braces-names|
267. Commands |expression-commands|
278. Exception handling |exception-handling|
289. Examples |eval-examples|
2910. No +eval feature |no-eval-feature|
3011. The sandbox |eval-sandbox|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000031
32{Vi does not have any of these commands}
33
34==============================================================================
351. Variables *variables*
36
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000371.1 Variable types ~
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +000038 *E712*
Bram Moolenaar39a58ca2005-06-27 22:42:44 +000039There are five types of variables:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000040
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +000041Number A 32 bit signed number.
42 Examples: -123 0x10 0177
43
44String A NUL terminated string of 8-bit unsigned characters (bytes).
45 Examples: "ab\txx\"--" 'x-z''a,c'
46
47Funcref A reference to a function |Funcref|.
48 Example: function("strlen")
49
50List An ordered sequence of items |List|.
51 Example: [1, 2, ['a', 'b']]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000052
Bram Moolenaar39a58ca2005-06-27 22:42:44 +000053Dictionary An associative, unordered array: Each entry has a key and a
54 value. |Dictionary|
55 Example: {'blue': "#0000ff", 'red': "#ff0000"}
56
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +000057The Number and String types are converted automatically, depending on how they
58are used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000059
60Conversion from a Number to a String is by making the ASCII representation of
61the Number. Examples: >
62 Number 123 --> String "123"
63 Number 0 --> String "0"
64 Number -1 --> String "-1"
65
66Conversion from a String to a Number is done by converting the first digits
67to a number. Hexadecimal "0xf9" and Octal "017" numbers are recognized. If
68the String doesn't start with digits, the result is zero. Examples: >
69 String "456" --> Number 456
70 String "6bar" --> Number 6
71 String "foo" --> Number 0
72 String "0xf1" --> Number 241
73 String "0100" --> Number 64
74 String "-8" --> Number -8
75 String "+8" --> Number 0
76
77To force conversion from String to Number, add zero to it: >
78 :echo "0100" + 0
79
80For boolean operators Numbers are used. Zero is FALSE, non-zero is TRUE.
81
82Note that in the command >
83 :if "foo"
84"foo" is converted to 0, which means FALSE. To test for a non-empty string,
85use strlen(): >
86 :if strlen("foo")
Bram Moolenaar748bf032005-02-02 23:04:36 +000087< *E745* *E728* *E703* *E729* *E730* *E731*
88List, Dictionary and Funcref types are not automatically converted.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +000089
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +000090 *E706*
91You will get an error if you try to change the type of a variable. You need
92to |:unlet| it first to avoid this error. String and Number are considered
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +000093equivalent though. Consider this sequence of commands: >
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +000094 :let l = "string"
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +000095 :let l = 44 " changes type from String to Number
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +000096 :let l = [1, 2, 3] " error!
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +000097
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +000098
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000991.2 Function references ~
Bram Moolenaar748bf032005-02-02 23:04:36 +0000100 *Funcref* *E695* *E718*
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000101A Funcref variable is obtained with the |function()| function. It can be used
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000102in an expression in the place of a function name, before the parenthesis
103around the arguments, to invoke the function it refers to. Example: >
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000104
105 :let Fn = function("MyFunc")
106 :echo Fn()
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000107< *E704* *E705* *E707*
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000108A Funcref variable must start with a capital, "s:", "w:" or "b:". You cannot
109have both a Funcref variable and a function with the same name.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000110
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000111A special case is defining a function and directly assigning its Funcref to a
112Dictionary entry. Example: >
113 :function dict.init() dict
114 : let self.val = 0
115 :endfunction
116
117The key of the Dictionary can start with a lower case letter. The actual
118function name is not used here. Also see |numbered-function|.
119
120A Funcref can also be used with the |:call| command: >
121 :call Fn()
122 :call dict.init()
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000123
124The name of the referenced function can be obtained with |string()|. >
Bram Moolenaar383f9bc2005-01-19 22:18:32 +0000125 :let func = string(Fn)
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000126
127You can use |call()| to invoke a Funcref and use a list variable for the
128arguments: >
Bram Moolenaar383f9bc2005-01-19 22:18:32 +0000129 :let r = call(Fn, mylist)
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000130
131
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00001321.3 Lists ~
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +0000133 *List* *Lists* *E686*
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000134A List is an ordered sequence of items. An item can be of any type. Items
135can be accessed by their index number. Items can be added and removed at any
136position in the sequence.
137
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000138
139List creation ~
140 *E696* *E697*
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000141A List is created with a comma separated list of items in square brackets.
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000142Examples: >
143 :let mylist = [1, two, 3, "four"]
144 :let emptylist = []
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000145
146An item can be any expression. Using a List for an item creates a
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000147nested List: >
148 :let nestlist = [[11, 12], [21, 22], [31, 32]]
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000149
150An extra comma after the last item is ignored.
151
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000152
153List index ~
154 *list-index* *E684*
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000155An item in the List can be accessed by putting the index in square brackets
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000156after the List. Indexes are zero-based, thus the first item has index zero. >
157 :let item = mylist[0] " get the first item: 1
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000158 :let item = mylist[2] " get the third item: 3
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000159
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000160When the resulting item is a list this can be repeated: >
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000161 :let item = nestlist[0][1] " get the first list, second item: 12
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000162<
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000163A negative index is counted from the end. Index -1 refers to the last item in
164the List, -2 to the last but one item, etc. >
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000165 :let last = mylist[-1] " get the last item: "four"
166
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000167To avoid an error for an invalid index use the |get()| function. When an item
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000168is not available it returns zero or the default value you specify: >
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000169 :echo get(mylist, idx)
170 :echo get(mylist, idx, "NONE")
171
172
173List concatenation ~
174
175Two lists can be concatenated with the "+" operator: >
176 :let longlist = mylist + [5, 6]
Bram Moolenaar383f9bc2005-01-19 22:18:32 +0000177 :let mylist += [7, 8]
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000178
179To prepend or append an item turn the item into a list by putting [] around
180it. To change a list in-place see |list-modification| below.
181
182
183Sublist ~
184
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000185A part of the List can be obtained by specifying the first and last index,
186separated by a colon in square brackets: >
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000187 :let shortlist = mylist[2:-1] " get List [3, "four"]
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000188
189Omitting the first index is similar to zero. Omitting the last index is
190similar to -1. The difference is that there is no error if the items are not
191available. >
Bram Moolenaar540d6e32005-01-09 21:20:18 +0000192 :let endlist = mylist[2:] " from item 2 to the end: [3, "four"]
193 :let shortlist = mylist[2:2] " List with one item: [3]
194 :let otherlist = mylist[:] " make a copy of the List
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000195
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000196The second index can be just before the first index. In that case the result
197is an empty list. If the second index is lower, this results in an error. >
198 :echo mylist[2:1] " result: []
199 :echo mylist[2:0] " error!
200
Bram Moolenaara7fc0102005-05-18 22:17:12 +0000201NOTE: mylist[s:e] means using the variable "s:e" as index. Watch out for
202using a single letter variable before the ":". Insert a space when needed:
203mylist[s : e].
204
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000205
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000206List identity ~
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000207 *list-identity*
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000208When variable "aa" is a list and you assign it to another variable "bb", both
209variables refer to the same list. Thus changing the list "aa" will also
210change "bb": >
211 :let aa = [1, 2, 3]
212 :let bb = aa
213 :call add(aa, 4)
214 :echo bb
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000215< [1, 2, 3, 4]
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000216
217Making a copy of a list is done with the |copy()| function. Using [:] also
218works, as explained above. This creates a shallow copy of the list: Changing
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000219a list item in the list will also change the item in the copied list: >
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000220 :let aa = [[1, 'a'], 2, 3]
221 :let bb = copy(aa)
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000222 :call add(aa, 4)
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000223 :let aa[0][1] = 'aaa'
224 :echo aa
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000225< [[1, aaa], 2, 3, 4] >
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000226 :echo bb
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000227< [[1, aaa], 2, 3]
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000228
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000229To make a completely independent list use |deepcopy()|. This also makes a
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000230copy of the values in the list, recursively. Up to a hundred levels deep.
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000231
232The operator "is" can be used to check if two variables refer to the same
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000233List. "isnot" does the opposite. In contrast "==" compares if two lists have
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000234the same value. >
235 :let alist = [1, 2, 3]
236 :let blist = [1, 2, 3]
237 :echo alist is blist
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000238< 0 >
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000239 :echo alist == blist
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000240< 1
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000241
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +0000242Note about comparing lists: Two lists are considered equal if they have the
243same length and all items compare equal, as with using "==". There is one
Bram Moolenaar7d1f5db2005-07-03 21:39:27 +0000244exception: When comparing a number with a string they are considered
245different. There is no automatic type conversion, as with using "==" on
246variables. Example: >
247 echo 4 == "4"
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +0000248< 1 >
Bram Moolenaar7d1f5db2005-07-03 21:39:27 +0000249 echo [4] == ["4"]
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +0000250< 0
251
Bram Moolenaar7d1f5db2005-07-03 21:39:27 +0000252Thus comparing Lists is more strict than comparing numbers and strings. You
253can compare simple values this way too by putting them in a string: >
254
255 :let a = 5
256 :let b = "5"
257 echo a == b
258< 1 >
259 echo [a] == [b]
260< 0
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +0000261
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000262
263List unpack ~
264
265To unpack the items in a list to individual variables, put the variables in
266square brackets, like list items: >
267 :let [var1, var2] = mylist
268
269When the number of variables does not match the number of items in the list
270this produces an error. To handle any extra items from the list append ";"
271and a variable name: >
272 :let [var1, var2; rest] = mylist
273
274This works like: >
275 :let var1 = mylist[0]
276 :let var2 = mylist[1]
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000277 :let rest = mylist[2:]
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000278
279Except that there is no error if there are only two items. "rest" will be an
280empty list then.
281
282
283List modification ~
284 *list-modification*
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000285To change a specific item of a list use |:let| this way: >
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000286 :let list[4] = "four"
287 :let listlist[0][3] = item
288
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000289To change part of a list you can specify the first and last item to be
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000290modified. The value must at least have the number of items in the range: >
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000291 :let list[3:5] = [3, 4, 5]
292
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000293Adding and removing items from a list is done with functions. Here are a few
294examples: >
295 :call insert(list, 'a') " prepend item 'a'
296 :call insert(list, 'a', 3) " insert item 'a' before list[3]
297 :call add(list, "new") " append String item
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000298 :call add(list, [1, 2]) " append a List as one new item
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000299 :call extend(list, [1, 2]) " extend the list with two more items
300 :let i = remove(list, 3) " remove item 3
Bram Moolenaar9cd15162005-01-16 22:02:49 +0000301 :unlet list[3] " idem
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000302 :let l = remove(list, 3, -1) " remove items 3 to last item
Bram Moolenaar9cd15162005-01-16 22:02:49 +0000303 :unlet list[3 : ] " idem
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000304 :call filter(list, 'v:val !~ "x"') " remove items with an 'x'
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000305
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000306Changing the order of items in a list: >
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000307 :call sort(list) " sort a list alphabetically
308 :call reverse(list) " reverse the order of items
309
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000310
311For loop ~
312
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000313The |:for| loop executes commands for each item in a list. A variable is set
314to each item in the list in sequence. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000315 :for item in mylist
316 : call Doit(item)
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000317 :endfor
318
319This works like: >
320 :let index = 0
321 :while index < len(mylist)
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000322 : let item = mylist[index]
323 : :call Doit(item)
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000324 : let index = index + 1
325 :endwhile
326
327Note that all items in the list should be of the same type, otherwise this
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000328results in error |E706|. To avoid this |:unlet| the variable at the end of
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000329the loop.
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000330
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000331If all you want to do is modify each item in the list then the |map()|
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000332function will be a simpler method than a for loop.
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000333
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000334Just like the |:let| command, |:for| also accepts a list of variables. This
335requires the argument to be a list of lists. >
336 :for [lnum, col] in [[1, 3], [2, 8], [3, 0]]
337 : call Doit(lnum, col)
338 :endfor
339
340This works like a |:let| command is done for each list item. Again, the types
341must remain the same to avoid an error.
342
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000343It is also possible to put remaining items in a List variable: >
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000344 :for [i, j; rest] in listlist
345 : call Doit(i, j)
346 : if !empty(rest)
347 : echo "remainder: " . string(rest)
348 : endif
349 :endfor
350
351
352List functions ~
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000353 *E714*
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000354Functions that are useful with a List: >
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000355 :let r = call(funcname, list) " call a function with an argument list
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000356 :if empty(list) " check if list is empty
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000357 :let l = len(list) " number of items in list
358 :let big = max(list) " maximum value in list
359 :let small = min(list) " minimum value in list
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000360 :let xs = count(list, 'x') " count nr of times 'x' appears in list
361 :let i = index(list, 'x') " index of first 'x' in list
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000362 :let lines = getline(1, 10) " get ten text lines from buffer
363 :call append('$', lines) " append text lines in buffer
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000364 :let list = split("a b c") " create list from items in a string
365 :let string = join(list, ', ') " create string from list items
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000366 :let s = string(list) " String representation of list
367 :call map(list, '">> " . v:val') " prepend ">> " to each item
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000368
Bram Moolenaar0cb032e2005-04-23 20:52:00 +0000369Don't forget that a combination of features can make things simple. For
370example, to add up all the numbers in a list: >
371 :exe 'let sum = ' . join(nrlist, '+')
372
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000373
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003741.4 Dictionaries ~
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000375 *Dictionaries* *Dictionary*
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000376A Dictionary is an associative array: Each entry has a key and a value. The
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000377entry can be located with the key. The entries are stored without a specific
378ordering.
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000379
380
381Dictionary creation ~
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000382 *E720* *E721* *E722* *E723*
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000383A Dictionary is created with a comma separated list of entries in curly
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000384braces. Each entry has a key and a value, separated by a colon. Each key can
385only appear once. Examples: >
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000386 :let mydict = {1: 'one', 2: 'two', 3: 'three'}
387 :let emptydict = {}
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000388< *E713* *E716* *E717*
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000389A key is always a String. You can use a Number, it will be converted to a
390String automatically. Thus the String '4' and the number 4 will find the same
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000391entry. Note that the String '04' and the Number 04 are different, since the
392Number will be converted to the String '4'.
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000393
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000394A value can be any expression. Using a Dictionary for a value creates a
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000395nested Dictionary: >
396 :let nestdict = {1: {11: 'a', 12: 'b'}, 2: {21: 'c'}}
397
398An extra comma after the last entry is ignored.
399
400
401Accessing entries ~
402
403The normal way to access an entry is by putting the key in square brackets: >
404 :let val = mydict["one"]
405 :let mydict["four"] = 4
406
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000407You can add new entries to an existing Dictionary this way, unlike Lists.
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000408
409For keys that consist entirely of letters, digits and underscore the following
410form can be used |expr-entry|: >
411 :let val = mydict.one
412 :let mydict.four = 4
413
414Since an entry can be any type, also a List and a Dictionary, the indexing and
415key lookup can be repeated: >
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000416 :echo dict.key[idx].key
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000417
418
419Dictionary to List conversion ~
420
421You may want to loop over the entries in a dictionary. For this you need to
422turn the Dictionary into a List and pass it to |:for|.
423
424Most often you want to loop over the keys, using the |keys()| function: >
425 :for key in keys(mydict)
426 : echo key . ': ' . mydict[key]
427 :endfor
428
429The List of keys is unsorted. You may want to sort them first: >
430 :for key in sort(keys(mydict))
431
432To loop over the values use the |values()| function: >
433 :for v in values(mydict)
434 : echo "value: " . v
435 :endfor
436
437If you want both the key and the value use the |items()| function. It returns
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000438a List in which each item is a List with two items, the key and the value: >
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000439 :for entry in items(mydict)
440 : echo entry[0] . ': ' . entry[1]
441 :endfor
442
443
444Dictionary identity ~
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +0000445 *dict-identity*
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000446Just like Lists you need to use |copy()| and |deepcopy()| to make a copy of a
447Dictionary. Otherwise, assignment results in referring to the same
448Dictionary: >
449 :let onedict = {'a': 1, 'b': 2}
450 :let adict = onedict
451 :let adict['a'] = 11
452 :echo onedict['a']
453 11
454
Bram Moolenaarf3bd51a2005-06-14 22:11:18 +0000455Two Dictionaries compare equal if all the key-value pairs compare equal. For
456more info see |list-identity|.
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000457
458
459Dictionary modification ~
460 *dict-modification*
461To change an already existing entry of a Dictionary, or to add a new entry,
462use |:let| this way: >
463 :let dict[4] = "four"
464 :let dict['one'] = item
465
Bram Moolenaar9cd15162005-01-16 22:02:49 +0000466Removing an entry from a Dictionary is done with |remove()| or |:unlet|.
467Three ways to remove the entry with key "aaa" from dict: >
468 :let i = remove(dict, 'aaa')
469 :unlet dict.aaa
470 :unlet dict['aaa']
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000471
472Merging a Dictionary with another is done with |extend()|: >
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000473 :call extend(adict, bdict)
474This extends adict with all entries from bdict. Duplicate keys cause entries
475in adict to be overwritten. An optional third argument can change this.
Bram Moolenaar383f9bc2005-01-19 22:18:32 +0000476Note that the order of entries in a Dictionary is irrelevant, thus don't
477expect ":echo adict" to show the items from bdict after the older entries in
478adict.
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000479
480Weeding out entries from a Dictionary can be done with |filter()|: >
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +0000481 :call filter(dict 'v:val =~ "x"')
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000482This removes all entries from "dict" with a value not matching 'x'.
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000483
484
485Dictionary function ~
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000486 *Dictionary-function* *self* *E725*
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000487When a function is defined with the "dict" attribute it can be used in a
488special way with a dictionary. Example: >
489 :function Mylen() dict
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000490 : return len(self.data)
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000491 :endfunction
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000492 :let mydict = {'data': [0, 1, 2, 3], 'len': function("Mylen")}
493 :echo mydict.len()
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000494
495This is like a method in object oriented programming. The entry in the
496Dictionary is a |Funcref|. The local variable "self" refers to the dictionary
497the function was invoked from.
498
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000499It is also possible to add a function without the "dict" attribute as a
500Funcref to a Dictionary, but the "self" variable is not available then.
501
502 *numbered-function*
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000503To avoid the extra name for the function it can be defined and directly
504assigned to a Dictionary in this way: >
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000505 :let mydict = {'data': [0, 1, 2, 3]}
506 :function mydict.len() dict
507 : return len(self.data)
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000508 :endfunction
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000509 :echo mydict.len()
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000510
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000511The function will then get a number and the value of dict.len is a |Funcref|
512that references this function. The function can only be used through a
513|Funcref|. It will automatically be deleted when there is no |Funcref|
514remaining that refers to it.
515
516It is not necessary to use the "dict" attribute for a numbered function.
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000517
518
519Functions for Dictionaries ~
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000520 *E715*
521Functions that can be used with a Dictionary: >
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000522 :if has_key(dict, 'foo') " TRUE if dict has entry with key "foo"
523 :if empty(dict) " TRUE if dict is empty
524 :let l = len(dict) " number of items in dict
525 :let big = max(dict) " maximum value in dict
526 :let small = min(dict) " minimum value in dict
527 :let xs = count(dict, 'x') " count nr of times 'x' appears in dict
528 :let s = string(dict) " String representation of dict
529 :call map(dict, '">> " . v:val') " prepend ">> " to each item
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000530
531
5321.5 More about variables ~
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000533 *more-variables*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000534If you need to know the type of a variable or expression, use the |type()|
535function.
536
537When the '!' flag is included in the 'viminfo' option, global variables that
538start with an uppercase letter, and don't contain a lowercase letter, are
539stored in the viminfo file |viminfo-file|.
540
541When the 'sessionoptions' option contains "global", global variables that
542start with an uppercase letter and contain at least one lowercase letter are
543stored in the session file |session-file|.
544
545variable name can be stored where ~
546my_var_6 not
547My_Var_6 session file
548MY_VAR_6 viminfo file
549
550
551It's possible to form a variable name with curly braces, see
552|curly-braces-names|.
553
554==============================================================================
5552. Expression syntax *expression-syntax*
556
557Expression syntax summary, from least to most significant:
558
559|expr1| expr2 ? expr1 : expr1 if-then-else
560
561|expr2| expr3 || expr3 .. logical OR
562
563|expr3| expr4 && expr4 .. logical AND
564
565|expr4| expr5 == expr5 equal
566 expr5 != expr5 not equal
567 expr5 > expr5 greater than
568 expr5 >= expr5 greater than or equal
569 expr5 < expr5 smaller than
570 expr5 <= expr5 smaller than or equal
571 expr5 =~ expr5 regexp matches
572 expr5 !~ expr5 regexp doesn't match
573
574 expr5 ==? expr5 equal, ignoring case
575 expr5 ==# expr5 equal, match case
576 etc. As above, append ? for ignoring case, # for
577 matching case
578
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000579 expr5 is expr5 same List instance
580 expr5 isnot expr5 different List instance
581
582|expr5| expr6 + expr6 .. number addition or list concatenation
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000583 expr6 - expr6 .. number subtraction
584 expr6 . expr6 .. string concatenation
585
586|expr6| expr7 * expr7 .. number multiplication
587 expr7 / expr7 .. number division
588 expr7 % expr7 .. number modulo
589
590|expr7| ! expr7 logical NOT
591 - expr7 unary minus
592 + expr7 unary plus
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000593
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000594
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000595|expr8| expr8[expr1] byte of a String or item of a List
596 expr8[expr1 : expr1] substring of a String or sublist of a List
597 expr8.name entry in a Dictionary
598 expr8(expr1, ...) function call with Funcref variable
599
600|expr9| number number constant
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +0000601 "string" string constant, backslash is special
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000602 'string' string constant, ' is doubled
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000603 [expr1, ...] List
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000604 {expr1: expr1, ...} Dictionary
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000605 &option option value
606 (expr1) nested expression
607 variable internal variable
608 va{ria}ble internal variable with curly braces
609 $VAR environment variable
610 @r contents of register 'r'
611 function(expr1, ...) function call
612 func{ti}on(expr1, ...) function call with curly braces
613
614
615".." indicates that the operations in this level can be concatenated.
616Example: >
617 &nu || &list && &shell == "csh"
618
619All expressions within one level are parsed from left to right.
620
621
622expr1 *expr1* *E109*
623-----
624
625expr2 ? expr1 : expr1
626
627The expression before the '?' is evaluated to a number. If it evaluates to
628non-zero, the result is the value of the expression between the '?' and ':',
629otherwise the result is the value of the expression after the ':'.
630Example: >
631 :echo lnum == 1 ? "top" : lnum
632
633Since the first expression is an "expr2", it cannot contain another ?:. The
634other two expressions can, thus allow for recursive use of ?:.
635Example: >
636 :echo lnum == 1 ? "top" : lnum == 1000 ? "last" : lnum
637
638To keep this readable, using |line-continuation| is suggested: >
639 :echo lnum == 1
640 :\ ? "top"
641 :\ : lnum == 1000
642 :\ ? "last"
643 :\ : lnum
644
645
646expr2 and expr3 *expr2* *expr3*
647---------------
648
649 *expr-barbar* *expr-&&*
650The "||" and "&&" operators take one argument on each side. The arguments
651are (converted to) Numbers. The result is:
652
653 input output ~
654n1 n2 n1 || n2 n1 && n2 ~
655zero zero zero zero
656zero non-zero non-zero zero
657non-zero zero non-zero zero
658non-zero non-zero non-zero non-zero
659
660The operators can be concatenated, for example: >
661
662 &nu || &list && &shell == "csh"
663
664Note that "&&" takes precedence over "||", so this has the meaning of: >
665
666 &nu || (&list && &shell == "csh")
667
668Once the result is known, the expression "short-circuits", that is, further
669arguments are not evaluated. This is like what happens in C. For example: >
670
671 let a = 1
672 echo a || b
673
674This is valid even if there is no variable called "b" because "a" is non-zero,
675so the result must be non-zero. Similarly below: >
676
677 echo exists("b") && b == "yes"
678
679This is valid whether "b" has been defined or not. The second clause will
680only be evaluated if "b" has been defined.
681
682
683expr4 *expr4*
684-----
685
686expr5 {cmp} expr5
687
688Compare two expr5 expressions, resulting in a 0 if it evaluates to false, or 1
689if it evaluates to true.
690
691 *expr-==* *expr-!=* *expr->* *expr->=*
692 *expr-<* *expr-<=* *expr-=~* *expr-!~*
693 *expr-==#* *expr-!=#* *expr->#* *expr->=#*
694 *expr-<#* *expr-<=#* *expr-=~#* *expr-!~#*
695 *expr-==?* *expr-!=?* *expr->?* *expr->=?*
696 *expr-<?* *expr-<=?* *expr-=~?* *expr-!~?*
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000697 *expr-is*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000698 use 'ignorecase' match case ignore case ~
699equal == ==# ==?
700not equal != !=# !=?
701greater than > ># >?
702greater than or equal >= >=# >=?
703smaller than < <# <?
704smaller than or equal <= <=# <=?
705regexp matches =~ =~# =~?
706regexp doesn't match !~ !~# !~?
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000707same instance is
708different instance isnot
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000709
710Examples:
711"abc" ==# "Abc" evaluates to 0
712"abc" ==? "Abc" evaluates to 1
713"abc" == "Abc" evaluates to 1 if 'ignorecase' is set, 0 otherwise
714
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000715 *E691* *E692*
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000716A List can only be compared with a List and only "equal", "not equal" and "is"
717can be used. This compares the values of the list, recursively. Ignoring
718case means case is ignored when comparing item values.
719
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000720 *E735* *E736*
721A Dictionary can only be compared with a Dictionary and only "equal", "not
722equal" and "is" can be used. This compares the key/values of the Dictionary,
723recursively. Ignoring case means case is ignored when comparing item values.
724
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000725 *E693* *E694*
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000726A Funcref can only be compared with a Funcref and only "equal" and "not equal"
727can be used. Case is never ignored.
728
729When using "is" or "isnot" with a List this checks if the expressions are
730referring to the same List instance. A copy of a List is different from the
731original List. When using "is" without a List it is equivalent to using
732"equal", using "isnot" equivalent to using "not equal". Except that a
733different type means the values are different. "4 == '4'" is true, "4 is '4'"
734is false.
735
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000736When comparing a String with a Number, the String is converted to a Number,
737and the comparison is done on Numbers. This means that "0 == 'x'" is TRUE,
738because 'x' converted to a Number is zero.
739
740When comparing two Strings, this is done with strcmp() or stricmp(). This
741results in the mathematical difference (comparing byte values), not
742necessarily the alphabetical difference in the local language.
743
744When using the operators with a trailing '#", or the short version and
745'ignorecase' is off, the comparing is done with strcmp().
746
747When using the operators with a trailing '?', or the short version and
748'ignorecase' is set, the comparing is done with stricmp().
749
750The "=~" and "!~" operators match the lefthand argument with the righthand
751argument, which is used as a pattern. See |pattern| for what a pattern is.
752This matching is always done like 'magic' was set and 'cpoptions' is empty, no
753matter what the actual value of 'magic' or 'cpoptions' is. This makes scripts
754portable. To avoid backslashes in the regexp pattern to be doubled, use a
755single-quote string, see |literal-string|.
756Since a string is considered to be a single line, a multi-line pattern
757(containing \n, backslash-n) will not match. However, a literal NL character
758can be matched like an ordinary character. Examples:
759 "foo\nbar" =~ "\n" evaluates to 1
760 "foo\nbar" =~ "\\n" evaluates to 0
761
762
763expr5 and expr6 *expr5* *expr6*
764---------------
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000765expr6 + expr6 .. Number addition or List concatenation *expr-+*
766expr6 - expr6 .. Number subtraction *expr--*
767expr6 . expr6 .. String concatenation *expr-.*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000768
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000769For Lists only "+" is possible and then both expr6 must be a list. The result
770is a new list with the two lists Concatenated.
771
772expr7 * expr7 .. number multiplication *expr-star*
773expr7 / expr7 .. number division *expr-/*
774expr7 % expr7 .. number modulo *expr-%*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000775
776For all, except ".", Strings are converted to Numbers.
777
778Note the difference between "+" and ".":
779 "123" + "456" = 579
780 "123" . "456" = "123456"
781
782When the righthand side of '/' is zero, the result is 0x7fffffff.
783When the righthand side of '%' is zero, the result is 0.
784
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000785None of these work for Funcrefs.
786
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000787
788expr7 *expr7*
789-----
790! expr7 logical NOT *expr-!*
791- expr7 unary minus *expr-unary--*
792+ expr7 unary plus *expr-unary-+*
793
794For '!' non-zero becomes zero, zero becomes one.
795For '-' the sign of the number is changed.
796For '+' the number is unchanged.
797
798A String will be converted to a Number first.
799
800These three can be repeated and mixed. Examples:
801 !-1 == 0
802 !!8 == 1
803 --9 == 9
804
805
806expr8 *expr8*
807-----
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000808expr8[expr1] item of String or List *expr-[]* *E111*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000809
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000810If expr8 is a Number or String this results in a String that contains the
811expr1'th single byte from expr8. expr8 is used as a String, expr1 as a
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000812Number. Note that this doesn't recognize multi-byte encodings.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000813
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000814Index zero gives the first character. This is like it works in C. Careful:
815text column numbers start with one! Example, to get the character under the
816cursor: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000817 :let c = getline(line("."))[col(".") - 1]
818
819If the length of the String is less than the index, the result is an empty
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000820String. A negative index always results in an empty string (reason: backwards
821compatibility). Use [-1:] to get the last byte.
822
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000823If expr8 is a List then it results the item at index expr1. See |list-index|
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000824for possible index values. If the index is out of range this results in an
825error. Example: >
826 :let item = mylist[-1] " get last item
827
828Generally, if a List index is equal to or higher than the length of the List,
829or more negative than the length of the List, this results in an error.
830
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000831
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000832expr8[expr1a : expr1b] substring or sublist *expr-[:]*
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000833
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000834If expr8 is a Number or String this results in the substring with the bytes
835from expr1a to and including expr1b. expr8 is used as a String, expr1a and
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000836expr1b are used as a Number. Note that this doesn't recognize multi-byte
837encodings.
838
839If expr1a is omitted zero is used. If expr1b is omitted the length of the
840string minus one is used.
841
842A negative number can be used to measure from the end of the string. -1 is
843the last character, -2 the last but one, etc.
844
845If an index goes out of range for the string characters are omitted. If
846expr1b is smaller than expr1a the result is an empty string.
847
848Examples: >
849 :let c = name[-1:] " last byte of a string
850 :let c = name[-2:-2] " last but one byte of a string
851 :let s = line(".")[4:] " from the fifth byte to the end
852 :let s = s[:-3] " remove last two bytes
853
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000854If expr8 is a List this results in a new List with the items indicated by the
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000855indexes expr1a and expr1b. This works like with a String, as explained just
856above, except that indexes out of range cause an error. Examples: >
857 :let l = mylist[:3] " first four items
858 :let l = mylist[4:4] " List with one item
859 :let l = mylist[:] " shallow copy of a List
860
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000861Using expr8[expr1] or expr8[expr1a : expr1b] on a Funcref results in an error.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000862
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000863
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000864expr8.name entry in a Dictionary *expr-entry*
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000865
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000866If expr8 is a Dictionary and it is followed by a dot, then the following name
867will be used as a key in the Dictionary. This is just like: expr8[name].
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000868
869The name must consist of alphanumeric characters, just like a variable name,
870but it may start with a number. Curly braces cannot be used.
871
872There must not be white space before or after the dot.
873
874Examples: >
875 :let dict = {"one": 1, 2: "two"}
876 :echo dict.one
877 :echo dict .2
878
879Note that the dot is also used for String concatenation. To avoid confusion
880always put spaces around the dot for String concatenation.
881
882
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000883expr8(expr1, ...) Funcref function call
884
885When expr8 is a |Funcref| type variable, invoke the function it refers to.
886
887
888
889 *expr9*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000890number
891------
892number number constant *expr-number*
893
894Decimal, Hexadecimal (starting with 0x or 0X), or Octal (starting with 0).
895
896
897string *expr-string* *E114*
898------
899"string" string constant *expr-quote*
900
901Note that double quotes are used.
902
903A string constant accepts these special characters:
904\... three-digit octal number (e.g., "\316")
905\.. two-digit octal number (must be followed by non-digit)
906\. one-digit octal number (must be followed by non-digit)
907\x.. byte specified with two hex numbers (e.g., "\x1f")
908\x. byte specified with one hex number (must be followed by non-hex char)
909\X.. same as \x..
910\X. same as \x.
911\u.... character specified with up to 4 hex numbers, stored according to the
912 current value of 'encoding' (e.g., "\u02a4")
913\U.... same as \u....
914\b backspace <BS>
915\e escape <Esc>
916\f formfeed <FF>
917\n newline <NL>
918\r return <CR>
919\t tab <Tab>
920\\ backslash
921\" double quote
922\<xxx> Special key named "xxx". e.g. "\<C-W>" for CTRL-W.
923
924Note that "\000" and "\x00" force the end of the string.
925
926
927literal-string *literal-string* *E115*
928---------------
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +0000929'string' string constant *expr-'*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000930
931Note that single quotes are used.
932
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +0000933This string is taken as it is. No backslashes are removed or have a special
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000934meaning. The only exception is that two quotes stand for one quote.
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +0000935
936Single quoted strings are useful for patterns, so that backslashes do not need
937to be doubled. These two commands are equivalent: >
938 if a =~ "\\s*"
939 if a =~ '\s*'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000940
941
942option *expr-option* *E112* *E113*
943------
944&option option value, local value if possible
945&g:option global option value
946&l:option local option value
947
948Examples: >
949 echo "tabstop is " . &tabstop
950 if &insertmode
951
952Any option name can be used here. See |options|. When using the local value
953and there is no buffer-local or window-local value, the global value is used
954anyway.
955
956
957register *expr-register*
958--------
959@r contents of register 'r'
960
961The result is the contents of the named register, as a single string.
962Newlines are inserted where required. To get the contents of the unnamed
Bram Moolenaare7566042005-06-17 22:00:15 +0000963register use @" or @@. See |registers| for an explanation of the available
964registers.
965
966When using the '=' register you get the expression itself, not what it
967evaluates to. Use |eval()| to evaluate it.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000968
969
970nesting *expr-nesting* *E110*
971-------
972(expr1) nested expression
973
974
975environment variable *expr-env*
976--------------------
977$VAR environment variable
978
979The String value of any environment variable. When it is not defined, the
980result is an empty string.
981 *expr-env-expand*
982Note that there is a difference between using $VAR directly and using
983expand("$VAR"). Using it directly will only expand environment variables that
984are known inside the current Vim session. Using expand() will first try using
985the environment variables known inside the current Vim session. If that
986fails, a shell will be used to expand the variable. This can be slow, but it
987does expand all variables that the shell knows about. Example: >
988 :echo $version
989 :echo expand("$version")
990The first one probably doesn't echo anything, the second echoes the $version
991variable (if your shell supports it).
992
993
994internal variable *expr-variable*
995-----------------
996variable internal variable
997See below |internal-variables|.
998
999
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00001000function call *expr-function* *E116* *E118* *E119* *E120*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001001-------------
1002function(expr1, ...) function call
1003See below |functions|.
1004
1005
1006==============================================================================
10073. Internal variable *internal-variables* *E121*
1008 *E461*
1009An internal variable name can be made up of letters, digits and '_'. But it
1010cannot start with a digit. It's also possible to use curly braces, see
1011|curly-braces-names|.
1012
1013An internal variable is created with the ":let" command |:let|.
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00001014An internal variable is explicitly destroyed with the ":unlet" command
1015|:unlet|.
1016Using a name that is not an internal variable or refers to a variable that has
1017been destroyed results in an error.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001018
1019There are several name spaces for variables. Which one is to be used is
1020specified by what is prepended:
1021
1022 (nothing) In a function: local to a function; otherwise: global
1023|buffer-variable| b: Local to the current buffer.
1024|window-variable| w: Local to the current window.
1025|global-variable| g: Global.
1026|local-variable| l: Local to a function.
1027|script-variable| s: Local to a |:source|'ed Vim script.
1028|function-argument| a: Function argument (only inside a function).
1029|vim-variable| v: Global, predefined by Vim.
1030
Bram Moolenaar8f999f12005-01-25 22:12:55 +00001031The scope name by itself can be used as a Dictionary. For example, to delete
1032all script-local variables: >
1033 :for k in keys(s:)
1034 : unlet s:[k]
1035 :endfor
1036<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001037 *buffer-variable* *b:var*
1038A variable name that is preceded with "b:" is local to the current buffer.
1039Thus you can have several "b:foo" variables, one for each buffer.
1040This kind of variable is deleted when the buffer is wiped out or deleted with
1041|:bdelete|.
1042
1043One local buffer variable is predefined:
1044 *b:changedtick-variable* *changetick*
1045b:changedtick The total number of changes to the current buffer. It is
1046 incremented for each change. An undo command is also a change
1047 in this case. This can be used to perform an action only when
1048 the buffer has changed. Example: >
1049 :if my_changedtick != b:changedtick
1050 : let my_changedtick = b:changedtick
1051 : call My_Update()
1052 :endif
1053<
1054 *window-variable* *w:var*
1055A variable name that is preceded with "w:" is local to the current window. It
1056is deleted when the window is closed.
1057
1058 *global-variable* *g:var*
1059Inside functions global variables are accessed with "g:". Omitting this will
1060access a variable local to a function. But "g:" can also be used in any other
1061place if you like.
1062
1063 *local-variable* *l:var*
1064Inside functions local variables are accessed without prepending anything.
1065But you can also prepend "l:" if you like.
1066
1067 *script-variable* *s:var*
1068In a Vim script variables starting with "s:" can be used. They cannot be
1069accessed from outside of the scripts, thus are local to the script.
1070
1071They can be used in:
1072- commands executed while the script is sourced
1073- functions defined in the script
1074- autocommands defined in the script
1075- functions and autocommands defined in functions and autocommands which were
1076 defined in the script (recursively)
1077- user defined commands defined in the script
1078Thus not in:
1079- other scripts sourced from this one
1080- mappings
1081- etc.
1082
1083script variables can be used to avoid conflicts with global variable names.
1084Take this example:
1085
1086 let s:counter = 0
1087 function MyCounter()
1088 let s:counter = s:counter + 1
1089 echo s:counter
1090 endfunction
1091 command Tick call MyCounter()
1092
1093You can now invoke "Tick" from any script, and the "s:counter" variable in
1094that script will not be changed, only the "s:counter" in the script where
1095"Tick" was defined is used.
1096
1097Another example that does the same: >
1098
1099 let s:counter = 0
1100 command Tick let s:counter = s:counter + 1 | echo s:counter
1101
1102When calling a function and invoking a user-defined command, the context for
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00001103script variables is set to the script where the function or command was
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001104defined.
1105
1106The script variables are also available when a function is defined inside a
1107function that is defined in a script. Example: >
1108
1109 let s:counter = 0
1110 function StartCounting(incr)
1111 if a:incr
1112 function MyCounter()
1113 let s:counter = s:counter + 1
1114 endfunction
1115 else
1116 function MyCounter()
1117 let s:counter = s:counter - 1
1118 endfunction
1119 endif
1120 endfunction
1121
1122This defines the MyCounter() function either for counting up or counting down
1123when calling StartCounting(). It doesn't matter from where StartCounting() is
1124called, the s:counter variable will be accessible in MyCounter().
1125
1126When the same script is sourced again it will use the same script variables.
1127They will remain valid as long as Vim is running. This can be used to
1128maintain a counter: >
1129
1130 if !exists("s:counter")
1131 let s:counter = 1
1132 echo "script executed for the first time"
1133 else
1134 let s:counter = s:counter + 1
1135 echo "script executed " . s:counter . " times now"
1136 endif
1137
1138Note that this means that filetype plugins don't get a different set of script
1139variables for each buffer. Use local buffer variables instead |b:var|.
1140
1141
1142Predefined Vim variables: *vim-variable* *v:var*
1143
Bram Moolenaare4efc3b2005-03-07 23:16:51 +00001144 *v:beval_col* *beval_col-variable*
1145v:beval_col The number of the column, over which the mouse pointer is.
1146 This is the byte index in the |v:beval_lnum| line.
1147 Only valid while evaluating the 'balloonexpr' option.
1148
1149 *v:beval_bufnr* *beval_bufnr-variable*
1150v:beval_bufnr The number of the buffer, over which the mouse pointer is. Only
1151 valid while evaluating the 'balloonexpr' option.
1152
1153 *v:beval_lnum* *beval_lnum-variable*
1154v:beval_lnum The number of the line, over which the mouse pointer is. Only
1155 valid while evaluating the 'balloonexpr' option.
1156
1157 *v:beval_text* *beval_text-variable*
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00001158v:beval_text The text under or after the mouse pointer. Usually a word as
1159 it is useful for debugging a C program. 'iskeyword' applies,
1160 but a dot and "->" before the position is included. When on a
1161 ']' the text before it is used, including the matching '[' and
Bram Moolenaare4efc3b2005-03-07 23:16:51 +00001162 word before it. When on a Visual area within one line the
1163 highlighted text is used.
1164 Only valid while evaluating the 'balloonexpr' option.
1165
1166 *v:beval_winnr* *beval_winnr-variable*
1167v:beval_winnr The number of the window, over which the mouse pointer is. Only
1168 valid while evaluating the 'balloonexpr' option.
1169
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001170 *v:charconvert_from* *charconvert_from-variable*
1171v:charconvert_from
1172 The name of the character encoding of a file to be converted.
1173 Only valid while evaluating the 'charconvert' option.
1174
1175 *v:charconvert_to* *charconvert_to-variable*
1176v:charconvert_to
1177 The name of the character encoding of a file after conversion.
1178 Only valid while evaluating the 'charconvert' option.
1179
1180 *v:cmdarg* *cmdarg-variable*
1181v:cmdarg This variable is used for two purposes:
1182 1. The extra arguments given to a file read/write command.
1183 Currently these are "++enc=" and "++ff=". This variable is
1184 set before an autocommand event for a file read/write
1185 command is triggered. There is a leading space to make it
1186 possible to append this variable directly after the
1187 read/write command. Note: The "+cmd" argument isn't
1188 included here, because it will be executed anyway.
1189 2. When printing a PostScript file with ":hardcopy" this is
1190 the argument for the ":hardcopy" command. This can be used
1191 in 'printexpr'.
1192
1193 *v:cmdbang* *cmdbang-variable*
1194v:cmdbang Set like v:cmdarg for a file read/write command. When a "!"
1195 was used the value is 1, otherwise it is 0. Note that this
1196 can only be used in autocommands. For user commands |<bang>|
1197 can be used.
1198
1199 *v:count* *count-variable*
1200v:count The count given for the last Normal mode command. Can be used
1201 to get the count before a mapping. Read-only. Example: >
1202 :map _x :<C-U>echo "the count is " . v:count<CR>
1203< Note: The <C-U> is required to remove the line range that you
1204 get when typing ':' after a count.
1205 "count" also works, for backwards compatibility.
1206
1207 *v:count1* *count1-variable*
1208v:count1 Just like "v:count", but defaults to one when no count is
1209 used.
1210
1211 *v:ctype* *ctype-variable*
1212v:ctype The current locale setting for characters of the runtime
1213 environment. This allows Vim scripts to be aware of the
1214 current locale encoding. Technical: it's the value of
1215 LC_CTYPE. When not using a locale the value is "C".
1216 This variable can not be set directly, use the |:language|
1217 command.
1218 See |multi-lang|.
1219
1220 *v:dying* *dying-variable*
1221v:dying Normally zero. When a deadly signal is caught it's set to
1222 one. When multiple signals are caught the number increases.
1223 Can be used in an autocommand to check if Vim didn't
1224 terminate normally. {only works on Unix}
1225 Example: >
1226 :au VimLeave * if v:dying | echo "\nAAAAaaaarrrggghhhh!!!\n" | endif
1227<
1228 *v:errmsg* *errmsg-variable*
1229v:errmsg Last given error message. It's allowed to set this variable.
1230 Example: >
1231 :let v:errmsg = ""
1232 :silent! next
1233 :if v:errmsg != ""
1234 : ... handle error
1235< "errmsg" also works, for backwards compatibility.
1236
1237 *v:exception* *exception-variable*
1238v:exception The value of the exception most recently caught and not
1239 finished. See also |v:throwpoint| and |throw-variables|.
1240 Example: >
1241 :try
1242 : throw "oops"
1243 :catch /.*/
1244 : echo "caught" v:exception
1245 :endtry
1246< Output: "caught oops".
1247
Bram Moolenaar19a09a12005-03-04 23:39:37 +00001248 *v:fcs_reason* *fcs_reason-variable*
1249v:fcs_reason The reason why the |FileChangedShell| event was triggered.
1250 Can be used in an autocommand to decide what to do and/or what
1251 to set v:fcs_choice to. Possible values:
1252 deleted file no longer exists
1253 conflict file contents, mode or timestamp was
1254 changed and buffer is modified
1255 changed file contents has changed
1256 mode mode of file changed
1257 time only file timestamp changed
1258
1259 *v:fcs_choice* *fcs_choice-variable*
1260v:fcs_choice What should happen after a |FileChangedShell| event was
1261 triggered. Can be used in an autocommand to tell Vim what to
1262 do with the affected buffer:
1263 reload Reload the buffer (does not work if
1264 the file was deleted).
1265 ask Ask the user what to do, as if there
1266 was no autocommand. Except that when
1267 only the timestamp changed nothing
1268 will happen.
1269 <empty> Nothing, the autocommand should do
1270 everything that needs to be done.
1271 The default is empty. If another (invalid) value is used then
1272 Vim behaves like it is empty, there is no warning message.
1273
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001274 *v:fname_in* *fname_in-variable*
1275v:fname_in The name of the input file. Only valid while evaluating:
1276 option used for ~
1277 'charconvert' file to be converted
1278 'diffexpr' original file
1279 'patchexpr' original file
1280 'printexpr' file to be printed
1281
1282 *v:fname_out* *fname_out-variable*
1283v:fname_out The name of the output file. Only valid while
1284 evaluating:
1285 option used for ~
1286 'charconvert' resulting converted file (*)
1287 'diffexpr' output of diff
1288 'patchexpr' resulting patched file
1289 (*) When doing conversion for a write command (e.g., ":w
1290 file") it will be equal to v:fname_in. When doing conversion
1291 for a read command (e.g., ":e file") it will be a temporary
1292 file and different from v:fname_in.
1293
1294 *v:fname_new* *fname_new-variable*
1295v:fname_new The name of the new version of the file. Only valid while
1296 evaluating 'diffexpr'.
1297
1298 *v:fname_diff* *fname_diff-variable*
1299v:fname_diff The name of the diff (patch) file. Only valid while
1300 evaluating 'patchexpr'.
1301
1302 *v:folddashes* *folddashes-variable*
1303v:folddashes Used for 'foldtext': dashes representing foldlevel of a closed
1304 fold.
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00001305 Read-only in the |sandbox|. |fold-foldtext|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001306
1307 *v:foldlevel* *foldlevel-variable*
1308v:foldlevel Used for 'foldtext': foldlevel of closed fold.
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00001309 Read-only in the |sandbox|. |fold-foldtext|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001310
1311 *v:foldend* *foldend-variable*
1312v:foldend Used for 'foldtext': last line of closed fold.
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00001313 Read-only in the |sandbox|. |fold-foldtext|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001314
1315 *v:foldstart* *foldstart-variable*
1316v:foldstart Used for 'foldtext': first line of closed fold.
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00001317 Read-only in the |sandbox|. |fold-foldtext|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001318
Bram Moolenaar843ee412004-06-30 16:16:41 +00001319 *v:insertmode* *insertmode-variable*
1320v:insertmode Used for the |InsertEnter| and |InsertChange| autocommand
1321 events. Values:
1322 i Insert mode
1323 r Replace mode
1324 v Virtual Replace mode
1325
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001326 *v:key* *key-variable*
1327v:key Key of the current item of a Dictionary. Only valid while
1328 evaluating the expression used with |map()| and |filter()|.
1329 Read-only.
1330
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001331 *v:lang* *lang-variable*
1332v:lang The current locale setting for messages of the runtime
1333 environment. This allows Vim scripts to be aware of the
1334 current language. Technical: it's the value of LC_MESSAGES.
1335 The value is system dependent.
1336 This variable can not be set directly, use the |:language|
1337 command.
1338 It can be different from |v:ctype| when messages are desired
1339 in a different language than what is used for character
1340 encoding. See |multi-lang|.
1341
1342 *v:lc_time* *lc_time-variable*
1343v:lc_time The current locale setting for time messages of the runtime
1344 environment. This allows Vim scripts to be aware of the
1345 current language. Technical: it's the value of LC_TIME.
1346 This variable can not be set directly, use the |:language|
1347 command. See |multi-lang|.
1348
1349 *v:lnum* *lnum-variable*
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00001350v:lnum Line number for the 'foldexpr' |fold-expr| and 'indentexpr'
1351 expressions. Only valid while one of these expressions is
1352 being evaluated. Read-only when in the |sandbox|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001353
1354 *v:prevcount* *prevcount-variable*
1355v:prevcount The count given for the last but one Normal mode command.
1356 This is the v:count value of the previous command. Useful if
1357 you want to cancel Visual mode and then use the count. >
1358 :vmap % <Esc>:call MyFilter(v:prevcount)<CR>
1359< Read-only.
1360
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00001361 *v:profiling* *profiling-variable*
1362v:profiling Normally zero. Set to one after using ":profile start".
1363 See |profiling|.
1364
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001365 *v:progname* *progname-variable*
1366v:progname Contains the name (with path removed) with which Vim was
1367 invoked. Allows you to do special initialisations for "view",
1368 "evim" etc., or any other name you might symlink to Vim.
1369 Read-only.
1370
1371 *v:register* *register-variable*
1372v:register The name of the register supplied to the last normal mode
1373 command. Empty if none were supplied. |getreg()| |setreg()|
1374
1375 *v:servername* *servername-variable*
1376v:servername The resulting registered |x11-clientserver| name if any.
1377 Read-only.
1378
1379 *v:shell_error* *shell_error-variable*
1380v:shell_error Result of the last shell command. When non-zero, the last
1381 shell command had an error. When zero, there was no problem.
1382 This only works when the shell returns the error code to Vim.
1383 The value -1 is often used when the command could not be
1384 executed. Read-only.
1385 Example: >
1386 :!mv foo bar
1387 :if v:shell_error
1388 : echo 'could not rename "foo" to "bar"!'
1389 :endif
1390< "shell_error" also works, for backwards compatibility.
1391
1392 *v:statusmsg* *statusmsg-variable*
1393v:statusmsg Last given status message. It's allowed to set this variable.
1394
1395 *v:termresponse* *termresponse-variable*
1396v:termresponse The escape sequence returned by the terminal for the |t_RV|
1397 termcap entry. It is set when Vim receives an escape sequence
1398 that starts with ESC [ or CSI and ends in a 'c', with only
1399 digits, ';' and '.' in between.
1400 When this option is set, the TermResponse autocommand event is
1401 fired, so that you can react to the response from the
1402 terminal.
1403 The response from a new xterm is: "<Esc>[ Pp ; Pv ; Pc c". Pp
1404 is the terminal type: 0 for vt100 and 1 for vt220. Pv is the
1405 patch level (since this was introduced in patch 95, it's
1406 always 95 or bigger). Pc is always zero.
1407 {only when compiled with |+termresponse| feature}
1408
1409 *v:this_session* *this_session-variable*
1410v:this_session Full filename of the last loaded or saved session file. See
1411 |:mksession|. It is allowed to set this variable. When no
1412 session file has been saved, this variable is empty.
1413 "this_session" also works, for backwards compatibility.
1414
1415 *v:throwpoint* *throwpoint-variable*
1416v:throwpoint The point where the exception most recently caught and not
1417 finished was thrown. Not set when commands are typed. See
1418 also |v:exception| and |throw-variables|.
1419 Example: >
1420 :try
1421 : throw "oops"
1422 :catch /.*/
1423 : echo "Exception from" v:throwpoint
1424 :endtry
1425< Output: "Exception from test.vim, line 2"
1426
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001427 *v:val* *val-variable*
1428v:val Value of the current item of a List or Dictionary. Only valid
1429 while evaluating the expression used with |map()| and
1430 |filter()|. Read-only.
1431
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001432 *v:version* *version-variable*
1433v:version Version number of Vim: Major version number times 100 plus
1434 minor version number. Version 5.0 is 500. Version 5.1 (5.01)
1435 is 501. Read-only. "version" also works, for backwards
1436 compatibility.
1437 Use |has()| to check if a certain patch was included, e.g.: >
1438 if has("patch123")
1439< Note that patch numbers are specific to the version, thus both
1440 version 5.0 and 5.1 may have a patch 123, but these are
1441 completely different.
1442
1443 *v:warningmsg* *warningmsg-variable*
1444v:warningmsg Last given warning message. It's allowed to set this variable.
1445
1446==============================================================================
14474. Builtin Functions *functions*
1448
1449See |function-list| for a list grouped by what the function is used for.
1450
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00001451(Use CTRL-] on the function name to jump to the full explanation.)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001452
1453USAGE RESULT DESCRIPTION ~
1454
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001455add( {list}, {item}) List append {item} to List {list}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001456append( {lnum}, {string}) Number append {string} below line {lnum}
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00001457append( {lnum}, {list}) Number append lines {list} below line {lnum}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001458argc() Number number of files in the argument list
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001459argidx() Number current index in the argument list
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001460argv( {nr}) String {nr} entry of the argument list
1461browse( {save}, {title}, {initdir}, {default})
1462 String put up a file requester
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00001463browsedir( {title}, {initdir}) String put up a directory requester
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001464bufexists( {expr}) Number TRUE if buffer {expr} exists
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001465buflisted( {expr}) Number TRUE if buffer {expr} is listed
1466bufloaded( {expr}) Number TRUE if buffer {expr} is loaded
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001467bufname( {expr}) String Name of the buffer {expr}
1468bufnr( {expr}) Number Number of the buffer {expr}
1469bufwinnr( {expr}) Number window number of buffer {expr}
1470byte2line( {byte}) Number line number at byte count {byte}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001471byteidx( {expr}, {nr}) Number byte index of {nr}'th char in {expr}
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001472call( {func}, {arglist} [, {dict}])
1473 any call {func} with arguments {arglist}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001474char2nr( {expr}) Number ASCII value of first char in {expr}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001475cindent( {lnum}) Number C indent for line {lnum}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001476col( {expr}) Number column nr of cursor or mark
Bram Moolenaar572cb562005-08-05 21:35:02 +00001477complete_add( {expr}) Number add completion match
1478complete_check() Number check for key typed during completion
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001479confirm( {msg} [, {choices} [, {default} [, {type}]]])
1480 Number number of choice picked by user
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001481copy( {expr}) any make a shallow copy of {expr}
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00001482count( {list}, {expr} [, {start} [, {ic}]])
1483 Number count how many {expr} are in {list}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001484cscope_connection( [{num} , {dbpath} [, {prepend}]])
1485 Number checks existence of cscope connection
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001486cursor( {lnum}, {col}) Number position cursor at {lnum}, {col}
1487deepcopy( {expr}) any make a full copy of {expr}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001488delete( {fname}) Number delete file {fname}
1489did_filetype() Number TRUE if FileType autocommand event used
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001490diff_filler( {lnum}) Number diff filler lines about {lnum}
1491diff_hlID( {lnum}, {col}) Number diff highlighting at {lnum}/{col}
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00001492empty( {expr}) Number TRUE if {expr} is empty
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001493escape( {string}, {chars}) String escape {chars} in {string} with '\'
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +00001494eval( {string}) any evaluate {string} into its value
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001495eventhandler( ) Number TRUE if inside an event handler
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001496executable( {expr}) Number 1 if executable {expr} exists
1497exists( {expr}) Number TRUE if {expr} exists
1498expand( {expr}) String expand special keywords in {expr}
1499filereadable( {file}) Number TRUE if {file} is a readable file
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001500filter( {expr}, {string}) List/Dict remove items from {expr} where
1501 {string} is 0
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00001502finddir( {name}[, {path}[, {count}]])
1503 String Find directory {name} in {path}
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00001504findfile( {name}[, {path}[, {count}]])
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00001505 String Find file {name} in {path}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001506filewritable( {file}) Number TRUE if {file} is a writable file
1507fnamemodify( {fname}, {mods}) String modify file name
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001508foldclosed( {lnum}) Number first line of fold at {lnum} if closed
1509foldclosedend( {lnum}) Number last line of fold at {lnum} if closed
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001510foldlevel( {lnum}) Number fold level at {lnum}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001511foldtext( ) String line displayed for closed fold
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001512foreground( ) Number bring the Vim window to the foreground
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001513function( {name}) Funcref reference to function {name}
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001514get( {list}, {idx} [, {def}]) any get item {idx} from {list} or {def}
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001515get( {dict}, {key} [, {def}]) any get item {key} from {dict} or {def}
Bram Moolenaar45360022005-07-21 21:08:21 +00001516getbufline( {expr}, {lnum} [, {end}])
1517 List lines {lnum} to {end} of buffer {expr}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001518getchar( [expr]) Number get one character from the user
1519getcharmod( ) Number modifiers for the last typed character
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001520getbufvar( {expr}, {varname}) variable {varname} in buffer {expr}
1521getcmdline() String return the current command-line
1522getcmdpos() Number return cursor position in command-line
1523getcwd() String the current working directory
Bram Moolenaar5eb86f92004-07-26 12:53:41 +00001524getfperm( {fname}) String file permissions of file {fname}
1525getfsize( {fname}) Number size in bytes of file {fname}
Bram Moolenaard8b0cf12004-12-12 11:33:30 +00001526getfontname( [{name}]) String name of font being used
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001527getftime( {fname}) Number last modification time of file
Bram Moolenaar5eb86f92004-07-26 12:53:41 +00001528getftype( {fname}) String description of type of file {fname}
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00001529getline( {lnum}) String line {lnum} of current buffer
1530getline( {lnum}, {end}) List lines {lnum} to {end} of current buffer
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00001531getqflist() List list of quickfix items
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00001532getreg( [{regname} [, 1]]) String contents of register
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001533getregtype( [{regname}]) String type of register
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001534getwinposx() Number X coord in pixels of GUI Vim window
1535getwinposy() Number Y coord in pixels of GUI Vim window
1536getwinvar( {nr}, {varname}) variable {varname} in window {nr}
1537glob( {expr}) String expand file wildcards in {expr}
1538globpath( {path}, {expr}) String do glob({expr}) for all dirs in {path}
1539has( {feature}) Number TRUE if feature {feature} supported
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001540has_key( {dict}, {key}) Number TRUE if {dict} has entry {key}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001541hasmapto( {what} [, {mode}]) Number TRUE if mapping to {what} exists
1542histadd( {history},{item}) String add an item to a history
1543histdel( {history} [, {item}]) String remove an item from a history
1544histget( {history} [, {index}]) String get the item {index} from a history
1545histnr( {history}) Number highest index of a history
1546hlexists( {name}) Number TRUE if highlight group {name} exists
1547hlID( {name}) Number syntax ID of highlight group {name}
1548hostname() String name of the machine Vim is running on
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001549iconv( {expr}, {from}, {to}) String convert encoding of {expr}
1550indent( {lnum}) Number indent of line {lnum}
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00001551index( {list}, {expr} [, {start} [, {ic}]])
1552 Number index in {list} where {expr} appears
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001553input( {prompt} [, {text}]) String get input from the user
1554inputdialog( {p} [, {t} [, {c}]]) String like input() but in a GUI dialog
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001555inputrestore() Number restore typeahead
1556inputsave() Number save and clear typeahead
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001557inputsecret( {prompt} [, {text}]) String like input() but hiding the text
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001558insert( {list}, {item} [, {idx}]) List insert {item} in {list} [before {idx}]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001559isdirectory( {directory}) Number TRUE if {directory} is a directory
Bram Moolenaar2ce06f62005-01-31 19:19:04 +00001560islocked( {expr}) Number TRUE if {expr} is locked
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00001561items( {dict}) List List of key-value pairs in {dict}
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00001562join( {list} [, {sep}]) String join {list} items into one String
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00001563keys( {dict}) List List of keys in {dict}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001564len( {expr}) Number the length of {expr}
1565libcall( {lib}, {func}, {arg}) String call {func} in library {lib} with {arg}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001566libcallnr( {lib}, {func}, {arg}) Number idem, but return a Number
1567line( {expr}) Number line nr of cursor, last line or mark
1568line2byte( {lnum}) Number byte count of line {lnum}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001569lispindent( {lnum}) Number Lisp indent for line {lnum}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001570localtime() Number current time
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001571map( {expr}, {string}) List/Dict change each item in {expr} to {expr}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001572maparg( {name}[, {mode}]) String rhs of mapping {name} in mode {mode}
1573mapcheck( {name}[, {mode}]) String check for mappings matching {name}
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00001574match( {expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]])
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001575 Number position where {pat} matches in {expr}
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00001576matchend( {expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]])
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001577 Number position where {pat} ends in {expr}
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00001578matchlist( {expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]])
1579 List match and submatches of {pat} in {expr}
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00001580matchstr( {expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]])
1581 String {count}'th match of {pat} in {expr}
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00001582max({list}) Number maximum value of items in {list}
1583min({list}) Number minumum value of items in {list}
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00001584mkdir({name} [, {path} [, {prot}]])
1585 Number create directory {name}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001586mode() String current editing mode
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001587nextnonblank( {lnum}) Number line nr of non-blank line >= {lnum}
1588nr2char( {expr}) String single char with ASCII value {expr}
1589prevnonblank( {lnum}) Number line nr of non-blank line <= {lnum}
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00001590printf( {fmt}, {expr1}...) String format text
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00001591range( {expr} [, {max} [, {stride}]])
1592 List items from {expr} to {max}
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00001593readfile({fname} [, {binary} [, {max}]])
1594 List get list of lines from file {fname}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001595remote_expr( {server}, {string} [, {idvar}])
1596 String send expression
1597remote_foreground( {server}) Number bring Vim server to the foreground
1598remote_peek( {serverid} [, {retvar}])
1599 Number check for reply string
1600remote_read( {serverid}) String read reply string
1601remote_send( {server}, {string} [, {idvar}])
1602 String send key sequence
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00001603remove( {list}, {idx} [, {end}]) any remove items {idx}-{end} from {list}
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00001604remove( {dict}, {key}) any remove entry {key} from {dict}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001605rename( {from}, {to}) Number rename (move) file from {from} to {to}
1606repeat( {expr}, {count}) String repeat {expr} {count} times
1607resolve( {filename}) String get filename a shortcut points to
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001608reverse( {list}) List reverse {list} in-place
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001609search( {pattern} [, {flags}]) Number search for {pattern}
Bram Moolenaar92d640f2005-09-05 22:11:52 +00001610searchdecl({name} [, {global}]) Number search for variable declaration
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001611searchpair( {start}, {middle}, {end} [, {flags} [, {skip}]])
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001612 Number search for other end of start/end pair
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001613server2client( {clientid}, {string})
1614 Number send reply string
1615serverlist() String get a list of available servers
1616setbufvar( {expr}, {varname}, {val}) set {varname} in buffer {expr} to {val}
1617setcmdpos( {pos}) Number set cursor position in command-line
1618setline( {lnum}, {line}) Number set line {lnum} to {line}
Bram Moolenaar35c54e52005-05-20 21:25:31 +00001619setqflist( {list}[, {action}]) Number set list of quickfix items using {list}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001620setreg( {n}, {v}[, {opt}]) Number set register to value and type
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001621setwinvar( {nr}, {varname}, {val}) set {varname} in window {nr} to {val}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001622simplify( {filename}) String simplify filename as much as possible
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001623sort( {list} [, {func}]) List sort {list}, using {func} to compare
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00001624soundfold( {word}) String sound-fold {word}
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00001625spellbadword() String badly spelled word at cursor
Bram Moolenaar92d640f2005-09-05 22:11:52 +00001626spellsuggest( {word} [, {max}]) List spelling suggestions
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00001627split( {expr} [, {pat} [, {keepempty}]])
1628 List make List from {pat} separated {expr}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001629strftime( {format}[, {time}]) String time in specified format
Bram Moolenaar8f999f12005-01-25 22:12:55 +00001630stridx( {haystack}, {needle}[, {start}])
1631 Number index of {needle} in {haystack}
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00001632string( {expr}) String String representation of {expr} value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001633strlen( {expr}) Number length of the String {expr}
1634strpart( {src}, {start}[, {len}])
1635 String {len} characters of {src} at {start}
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00001636strridx( {haystack}, {needle} [, {start}])
1637 Number last index of {needle} in {haystack}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001638strtrans( {expr}) String translate string to make it printable
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001639submatch( {nr}) String specific match in ":substitute"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001640substitute( {expr}, {pat}, {sub}, {flags})
1641 String all {pat} in {expr} replaced with {sub}
Bram Moolenaar47136d72004-10-12 20:02:24 +00001642synID( {lnum}, {col}, {trans}) Number syntax ID at {lnum} and {col}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001643synIDattr( {synID}, {what} [, {mode}])
1644 String attribute {what} of syntax ID {synID}
1645synIDtrans( {synID}) Number translated syntax ID of {synID}
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00001646system( {expr} [, {input}]) String output of shell command/filter {expr}
Bram Moolenaare7eb9df2005-09-09 19:49:30 +00001647taglist( {expr}) List list of tags matching {expr}
1648tagfiles() List tags files used
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001649tempname() String name for a temporary file
1650tolower( {expr}) String the String {expr} switched to lowercase
1651toupper( {expr}) String the String {expr} switched to uppercase
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001652tr( {src}, {fromstr}, {tostr}) String translate chars of {src} in {fromstr}
1653 to chars in {tostr}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001654type( {name}) Number type of variable {name}
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00001655values( {dict}) List List of values in {dict}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001656virtcol( {expr}) Number screen column of cursor or mark
1657visualmode( [expr]) String last visual mode used
1658winbufnr( {nr}) Number buffer number of window {nr}
1659wincol() Number window column of the cursor
1660winheight( {nr}) Number height of window {nr}
1661winline() Number window line of the cursor
1662winnr() Number number of current window
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001663winrestcmd() String returns command to restore window sizes
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001664winwidth( {nr}) Number width of window {nr}
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00001665writefile({list}, {fname} [, {binary}])
1666 Number write list of lines to file {fname}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001667
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001668add({list}, {expr}) *add()*
1669 Append the item {expr} to List {list}. Returns the resulting
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00001670 List. Examples: >
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001671 :let alist = add([1, 2, 3], item)
1672 :call add(mylist, "woodstock")
1673< Note that when {expr} is a List it is appended as a single
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001674 item. Use |extend()| to concatenate Lists.
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00001675 Use |insert()| to add an item at another position.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001676
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001677
1678append({lnum}, {expr}) *append()*
Bram Moolenaar748bf032005-02-02 23:04:36 +00001679 When {expr} is a List: Append each item of the List as a text
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001680 line below line {lnum} in the current buffer.
Bram Moolenaar748bf032005-02-02 23:04:36 +00001681 Otherwise append {expr} as one text line below line {lnum} in
1682 the current buffer.
1683 {lnum} can be zero to insert a line before the first one.
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001684 Returns 1 for failure ({lnum} out of range or out of memory),
1685 0 for success. Example: >
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001686 :let failed = append(line('$'), "# THE END")
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001687 :let failed = append(0, ["Chapter 1", "the beginning"])
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001688<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001689 *argc()*
1690argc() The result is the number of files in the argument list of the
1691 current window. See |arglist|.
1692
1693 *argidx()*
1694argidx() The result is the current index in the argument list. 0 is
1695 the first file. argc() - 1 is the last one. See |arglist|.
1696
1697 *argv()*
1698argv({nr}) The result is the {nr}th file in the argument list of the
1699 current window. See |arglist|. "argv(0)" is the first one.
1700 Example: >
1701 :let i = 0
1702 :while i < argc()
1703 : let f = escape(argv(i), '. ')
1704 : exe 'amenu Arg.' . f . ' :e ' . f . '<CR>'
1705 : let i = i + 1
1706 :endwhile
1707<
1708 *browse()*
1709browse({save}, {title}, {initdir}, {default})
1710 Put up a file requester. This only works when "has("browse")"
1711 returns non-zero (only in some GUI versions).
1712 The input fields are:
1713 {save} when non-zero, select file to write
1714 {title} title for the requester
1715 {initdir} directory to start browsing in
1716 {default} default file name
1717 When the "Cancel" button is hit, something went wrong, or
1718 browsing is not possible, an empty string is returned.
1719
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00001720 *browsedir()*
1721browsedir({title}, {initdir})
1722 Put up a directory requester. This only works when
1723 "has("browse")" returns non-zero (only in some GUI versions).
1724 On systems where a directory browser is not supported a file
1725 browser is used. In that case: select a file in the directory
1726 to be used.
1727 The input fields are:
1728 {title} title for the requester
1729 {initdir} directory to start browsing in
1730 When the "Cancel" button is hit, something went wrong, or
1731 browsing is not possible, an empty string is returned.
1732
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001733bufexists({expr}) *bufexists()*
1734 The result is a Number, which is non-zero if a buffer called
1735 {expr} exists.
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00001736 If the {expr} argument is a number, buffer numbers are used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001737 If the {expr} argument is a string it must match a buffer name
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00001738 exactly. The name can be:
1739 - Relative to the current directory.
1740 - A full path.
1741 - The name of a buffer with 'filetype' set to "nofile".
1742 - A URL name.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001743 Unlisted buffers will be found.
1744 Note that help files are listed by their short name in the
1745 output of |:buffers|, but bufexists() requires using their
1746 long name to be able to find them.
1747 Use "bufexists(0)" to test for the existence of an alternate
1748 file name.
1749 *buffer_exists()*
1750 Obsolete name: buffer_exists().
1751
1752buflisted({expr}) *buflisted()*
1753 The result is a Number, which is non-zero if a buffer called
1754 {expr} exists and is listed (has the 'buflisted' option set).
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00001755 The {expr} argument is used like with |bufexists()|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001756
1757bufloaded({expr}) *bufloaded()*
1758 The result is a Number, which is non-zero if a buffer called
1759 {expr} exists and is loaded (shown in a window or hidden).
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00001760 The {expr} argument is used like with |bufexists()|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001761
1762bufname({expr}) *bufname()*
1763 The result is the name of a buffer, as it is displayed by the
1764 ":ls" command.
1765 If {expr} is a Number, that buffer number's name is given.
1766 Number zero is the alternate buffer for the current window.
1767 If {expr} is a String, it is used as a |file-pattern| to match
1768 with the buffer names. This is always done like 'magic' is
1769 set and 'cpoptions' is empty. When there is more than one
1770 match an empty string is returned.
1771 "" or "%" can be used for the current buffer, "#" for the
1772 alternate buffer.
1773 A full match is preferred, otherwise a match at the start, end
1774 or middle of the buffer name is accepted.
1775 Listed buffers are found first. If there is a single match
1776 with a listed buffer, that one is returned. Next unlisted
1777 buffers are searched for.
1778 If the {expr} is a String, but you want to use it as a buffer
1779 number, force it to be a Number by adding zero to it: >
1780 :echo bufname("3" + 0)
1781< If the buffer doesn't exist, or doesn't have a name, an empty
1782 string is returned. >
1783 bufname("#") alternate buffer name
1784 bufname(3) name of buffer 3
1785 bufname("%") name of current buffer
1786 bufname("file2") name of buffer where "file2" matches.
1787< *buffer_name()*
1788 Obsolete name: buffer_name().
1789
1790 *bufnr()*
1791bufnr({expr}) The result is the number of a buffer, as it is displayed by
1792 the ":ls" command. For the use of {expr}, see |bufname()|
1793 above. If the buffer doesn't exist, -1 is returned.
1794 bufnr("$") is the last buffer: >
1795 :let last_buffer = bufnr("$")
1796< The result is a Number, which is the highest buffer number
1797 of existing buffers. Note that not all buffers with a smaller
1798 number necessarily exist, because ":bwipeout" may have removed
1799 them. Use bufexists() to test for the existence of a buffer.
1800 *buffer_number()*
1801 Obsolete name: buffer_number().
1802 *last_buffer_nr()*
1803 Obsolete name for bufnr("$"): last_buffer_nr().
1804
1805bufwinnr({expr}) *bufwinnr()*
1806 The result is a Number, which is the number of the first
1807 window associated with buffer {expr}. For the use of {expr},
1808 see |bufname()| above. If buffer {expr} doesn't exist or
1809 there is no such window, -1 is returned. Example: >
1810
1811 echo "A window containing buffer 1 is " . (bufwinnr(1))
1812
1813< The number can be used with |CTRL-W_w| and ":wincmd w"
1814 |:wincmd|.
1815
1816
1817byte2line({byte}) *byte2line()*
1818 Return the line number that contains the character at byte
1819 count {byte} in the current buffer. This includes the
1820 end-of-line character, depending on the 'fileformat' option
1821 for the current buffer. The first character has byte count
1822 one.
1823 Also see |line2byte()|, |go| and |:goto|.
1824 {not available when compiled without the |+byte_offset|
1825 feature}
1826
Bram Moolenaarab79bcb2004-07-18 21:34:53 +00001827byteidx({expr}, {nr}) *byteidx()*
1828 Return byte index of the {nr}'th character in the string
1829 {expr}. Use zero for the first character, it returns zero.
1830 This function is only useful when there are multibyte
1831 characters, otherwise the returned value is equal to {nr}.
1832 Composing characters are counted as a separate character.
1833 Example : >
1834 echo matchstr(str, ".", byteidx(str, 3))
1835< will display the fourth character. Another way to do the
1836 same: >
1837 let s = strpart(str, byteidx(str, 3))
1838 echo strpart(s, 0, byteidx(s, 1))
1839< If there are less than {nr} characters -1 is returned.
1840 If there are exactly {nr} characters the length of the string
1841 is returned.
1842
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001843call({func}, {arglist} [, {dict}]) *call()* *E699*
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00001844 Call function {func} with the items in List {arglist} as
1845 arguments.
1846 {func} can either be a Funcref or the name of a function.
1847 a:firstline and a:lastline are set to the cursor line.
1848 Returns the return value of the called function.
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001849 {dict} is for functions with the "dict" attribute. It will be
1850 used to set the local variable "self". |Dictionary-function|
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00001851
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001852char2nr({expr}) *char2nr()*
1853 Return number value of the first char in {expr}. Examples: >
1854 char2nr(" ") returns 32
1855 char2nr("ABC") returns 65
1856< The current 'encoding' is used. Example for "utf-8": >
1857 char2nr("á") returns 225
1858 char2nr("á"[0]) returns 195
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00001859< nr2char() does the opposite.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001860
1861cindent({lnum}) *cindent()*
1862 Get the amount of indent for line {lnum} according the C
1863 indenting rules, as with 'cindent'.
1864 The indent is counted in spaces, the value of 'tabstop' is
1865 relevant. {lnum} is used just like in |getline()|.
1866 When {lnum} is invalid or Vim was not compiled the |+cindent|
1867 feature, -1 is returned.
1868
1869 *col()*
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00001870col({expr}) The result is a Number, which is the byte index of the column
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001871 position given with {expr}. The accepted positions are:
1872 . the cursor position
1873 $ the end of the cursor line (the result is the
1874 number of characters in the cursor line plus one)
1875 'x position of mark x (if the mark is not set, 0 is
1876 returned)
1877 For the screen column position use |virtcol()|.
1878 Note that only marks in the current file can be used.
1879 Examples: >
1880 col(".") column of cursor
1881 col("$") length of cursor line plus one
1882 col("'t") column of mark t
1883 col("'" . markname) column of mark markname
1884< The first column is 1. 0 is returned for an error.
1885 For the cursor position, when 'virtualedit' is active, the
1886 column is one higher if the cursor is after the end of the
1887 line. This can be used to obtain the column in Insert mode: >
1888 :imap <F2> <C-O>:let save_ve = &ve<CR>
1889 \<C-O>:set ve=all<CR>
1890 \<C-O>:echo col(".") . "\n" <Bar>
1891 \let &ve = save_ve<CR>
1892<
Bram Moolenaar572cb562005-08-05 21:35:02 +00001893
1894complete_add({expr}) *complete_add()*
1895 Add {expr} to the list of matches. Only to be used by the
1896 function specified with the 'completefunc' option.
1897 Returns 0 for failure (empty string or out of memory),
1898 1 when the match was added, 2 when the match was already in
1899 the list.
1900
1901complete_check() *complete_check()*
1902 Check for a key typed while looking for completion matches.
1903 This is to be used when looking for matches takes some time.
1904 Returns non-zero when searching for matches is to be aborted,
1905 zero otherwise.
1906 Only to be used by the function specified with the
1907 'completefunc' option.
1908
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001909 *confirm()*
1910confirm({msg} [, {choices} [, {default} [, {type}]]])
1911 Confirm() offers the user a dialog, from which a choice can be
1912 made. It returns the number of the choice. For the first
1913 choice this is 1.
1914 Note: confirm() is only supported when compiled with dialog
1915 support, see |+dialog_con| and |+dialog_gui|.
1916 {msg} is displayed in a |dialog| with {choices} as the
1917 alternatives. When {choices} is missing or empty, "&OK" is
1918 used (and translated).
1919 {msg} is a String, use '\n' to include a newline. Only on
1920 some systems the string is wrapped when it doesn't fit.
1921 {choices} is a String, with the individual choices separated
1922 by '\n', e.g. >
1923 confirm("Save changes?", "&Yes\n&No\n&Cancel")
1924< The letter after the '&' is the shortcut key for that choice.
1925 Thus you can type 'c' to select "Cancel". The shortcut does
1926 not need to be the first letter: >
1927 confirm("file has been modified", "&Save\nSave &All")
1928< For the console, the first letter of each choice is used as
1929 the default shortcut key.
1930 The optional {default} argument is the number of the choice
1931 that is made if the user hits <CR>. Use 1 to make the first
1932 choice the default one. Use 0 to not set a default. If
1933 {default} is omitted, 1 is used.
1934 The optional {type} argument gives the type of dialog. This
1935 is only used for the icon of the Win32 GUI. It can be one of
1936 these values: "Error", "Question", "Info", "Warning" or
1937 "Generic". Only the first character is relevant. When {type}
1938 is omitted, "Generic" is used.
1939 If the user aborts the dialog by pressing <Esc>, CTRL-C,
1940 or another valid interrupt key, confirm() returns 0.
1941
1942 An example: >
1943 :let choice = confirm("What do you want?", "&Apples\n&Oranges\n&Bananas", 2)
1944 :if choice == 0
1945 : echo "make up your mind!"
1946 :elseif choice == 3
1947 : echo "tasteful"
1948 :else
1949 : echo "I prefer bananas myself."
1950 :endif
1951< In a GUI dialog, buttons are used. The layout of the buttons
1952 depends on the 'v' flag in 'guioptions'. If it is included,
1953 the buttons are always put vertically. Otherwise, confirm()
1954 tries to put the buttons in one horizontal line. If they
1955 don't fit, a vertical layout is used anyway. For some systems
1956 the horizontal layout is always used.
1957
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001958 *copy()*
1959copy({expr}) Make a copy of {expr}. For Numbers and Strings this isn't
1960 different from using {expr} directly.
1961 When {expr} is a List a shallow copy is created. This means
1962 that the original List can be changed without changing the
1963 copy, and vise versa. But the items are identical, thus
1964 changing an item changes the contents of both Lists. Also see
1965 |deepcopy()|.
1966
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001967count({comp}, {expr} [, {ic} [, {start}]]) *count()*
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00001968 Return the number of times an item with value {expr} appears
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001969 in List or Dictionary {comp}.
1970 If {start} is given then start with the item with this index.
1971 {start} can only be used with a List.
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00001972 When {ic} is given and it's non-zero then case is ignored.
1973
1974
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001975 *cscope_connection()*
1976cscope_connection([{num} , {dbpath} [, {prepend}]])
1977 Checks for the existence of a |cscope| connection. If no
1978 parameters are specified, then the function returns:
1979 0, if cscope was not available (not compiled in), or
1980 if there are no cscope connections;
1981 1, if there is at least one cscope connection.
1982
1983 If parameters are specified, then the value of {num}
1984 determines how existence of a cscope connection is checked:
1985
1986 {num} Description of existence check
1987 ----- ------------------------------
1988 0 Same as no parameters (e.g., "cscope_connection()").
1989 1 Ignore {prepend}, and use partial string matches for
1990 {dbpath}.
1991 2 Ignore {prepend}, and use exact string matches for
1992 {dbpath}.
1993 3 Use {prepend}, use partial string matches for both
1994 {dbpath} and {prepend}.
1995 4 Use {prepend}, use exact string matches for both
1996 {dbpath} and {prepend}.
1997
1998 Note: All string comparisons are case sensitive!
1999
2000 Examples. Suppose we had the following (from ":cs show"): >
2001
2002 # pid database name prepend path
2003 0 27664 cscope.out /usr/local
2004<
2005 Invocation Return Val ~
2006 ---------- ---------- >
2007 cscope_connection() 1
2008 cscope_connection(1, "out") 1
2009 cscope_connection(2, "out") 0
2010 cscope_connection(3, "out") 0
2011 cscope_connection(3, "out", "local") 1
2012 cscope_connection(4, "out") 0
2013 cscope_connection(4, "out", "local") 0
2014 cscope_connection(4, "cscope.out", "/usr/local") 1
2015<
2016cursor({lnum}, {col}) *cursor()*
2017 Positions the cursor at the column {col} in the line {lnum}.
Bram Moolenaar6f16eb82005-08-23 21:02:42 +00002018 The first column is one.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002019 Does not change the jumplist.
2020 If {lnum} is greater than the number of lines in the buffer,
2021 the cursor will be positioned at the last line in the buffer.
2022 If {lnum} is zero, the cursor will stay in the current line.
Bram Moolenaar6f16eb82005-08-23 21:02:42 +00002023 If {col} is greater than the number of bytes in the line,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002024 the cursor will be positioned at the last character in the
2025 line.
2026 If {col} is zero, the cursor will stay in the current column.
2027
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00002028
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +00002029deepcopy({expr}[, {noref}]) *deepcopy()* *E698*
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00002030 Make a copy of {expr}. For Numbers and Strings this isn't
2031 different from using {expr} directly.
2032 When {expr} is a List a full copy is created. This means
2033 that the original List can be changed without changing the
2034 copy, and vise versa. When an item is a List, a copy for it
2035 is made, recursively. Thus changing an item in the copy does
2036 not change the contents of the original List.
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +00002037 When {noref} is omitted or zero a contained List or Dictionary
2038 is only copied once. All references point to this single
2039 copy. With {noref} set to 1 every occurrence of a List or
2040 Dictionary results in a new copy. This also means that a
2041 cyclic reference causes deepcopy() to fail.
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00002042 *E724*
2043 Nesting is possible up to 100 levels. When there is an item
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +00002044 that refers back to a higher level making a deep copy with
2045 {noref} set to 1 will fail.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00002046 Also see |copy()|.
2047
2048delete({fname}) *delete()*
2049 Deletes the file by the name {fname}. The result is a Number,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002050 which is 0 if the file was deleted successfully, and non-zero
2051 when the deletion failed.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00002052 Use |remove()| to delete an item from a List.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002053
2054 *did_filetype()*
2055did_filetype() Returns non-zero when autocommands are being executed and the
2056 FileType event has been triggered at least once. Can be used
2057 to avoid triggering the FileType event again in the scripts
2058 that detect the file type. |FileType|
2059 When editing another file, the counter is reset, thus this
2060 really checks if the FileType event has been triggered for the
2061 current buffer. This allows an autocommand that starts
2062 editing another buffer to set 'filetype' and load a syntax
2063 file.
2064
Bram Moolenaar47136d72004-10-12 20:02:24 +00002065diff_filler({lnum}) *diff_filler()*
2066 Returns the number of filler lines above line {lnum}.
2067 These are the lines that were inserted at this point in
2068 another diff'ed window. These filler lines are shown in the
2069 display but don't exist in the buffer.
2070 {lnum} is used like with |getline()|. Thus "." is the current
2071 line, "'m" mark m, etc.
2072 Returns 0 if the current window is not in diff mode.
2073
2074diff_hlID({lnum}, {col}) *diff_hlID()*
2075 Returns the highlight ID for diff mode at line {lnum} column
2076 {col} (byte index). When the current line does not have a
2077 diff change zero is returned.
2078 {lnum} is used like with |getline()|. Thus "." is the current
2079 line, "'m" mark m, etc.
2080 {col} is 1 for the leftmost column, {lnum} is 1 for the first
2081 line.
2082 The highlight ID can be used with |synIDattr()| to obtain
2083 syntax information about the highlighting.
2084
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00002085empty({expr}) *empty()*
2086 Return the Number 1 if {expr} is empty, zero otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002087 A List or Dictionary is empty when it does not have any items.
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00002088 A Number is empty when its value is zero.
2089 For a long List this is much faster then comparing the length
2090 with zero.
2091
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002092escape({string}, {chars}) *escape()*
2093 Escape the characters in {chars} that occur in {string} with a
2094 backslash. Example: >
2095 :echo escape('c:\program files\vim', ' \')
2096< results in: >
2097 c:\\program\ files\\vim
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00002098
2099< *eval()*
2100eval({string}) Evaluate {string} and return the result. Especially useful to
2101 turn the result of |string()| back into the original value.
2102 This works for Numbers, Strings and composites of them.
2103 Also works for Funcrefs that refer to existing functions.
2104
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002105eventhandler() *eventhandler()*
2106 Returns 1 when inside an event handler. That is that Vim got
2107 interrupted while waiting for the user to type a character,
2108 e.g., when dropping a file on Vim. This means interactive
2109 commands cannot be used. Otherwise zero is returned.
2110
2111executable({expr}) *executable()*
2112 This function checks if an executable with the name {expr}
2113 exists. {expr} must be the name of the program without any
Bram Moolenaarf4b8e572004-06-24 15:53:16 +00002114 arguments.
2115 executable() uses the value of $PATH and/or the normal
2116 searchpath for programs. *PATHEXT*
2117 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows the ".exe", ".bat", etc. can
2118 optionally be included. Then the extensions in $PATHEXT are
2119 tried. Thus if "foo.exe" does not exist, "foo.exe.bat" can be
2120 found. If $PATHEXT is not set then ".exe;.com;.bat;.cmd" is
2121 used. A dot by itself can be used in $PATHEXT to try using
2122 the name without an extension. When 'shell' looks like a
2123 Unix shell, then the name is also tried without adding an
2124 extension.
2125 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows it only checks if the file exists and
2126 is not a directory, not if it's really executable.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002127 The result is a Number:
2128 1 exists
2129 0 does not exist
2130 -1 not implemented on this system
2131
2132 *exists()*
2133exists({expr}) The result is a Number, which is non-zero if {expr} is
2134 defined, zero otherwise. The {expr} argument is a string,
2135 which contains one of these:
2136 &option-name Vim option (only checks if it exists,
2137 not if it really works)
2138 +option-name Vim option that works.
2139 $ENVNAME environment variable (could also be
2140 done by comparing with an empty
2141 string)
2142 *funcname built-in function (see |functions|)
2143 or user defined function (see
2144 |user-functions|).
2145 varname internal variable (see
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00002146 |internal-variables|). Also works
2147 for |curly-braces-names|, Dictionary
2148 entries, List items, etc. Beware that
2149 this may cause functions to be
2150 invoked cause an error message for an
2151 invalid expression.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002152 :cmdname Ex command: built-in command, user
2153 command or command modifier |:command|.
2154 Returns:
2155 1 for match with start of a command
2156 2 full match with a command
2157 3 matches several user commands
2158 To check for a supported command
2159 always check the return value to be 2.
2160 #event autocommand defined for this event
2161 #event#pattern autocommand defined for this event and
2162 pattern (the pattern is taken
2163 literally and compared to the
2164 autocommand patterns character by
2165 character)
2166 For checking for a supported feature use |has()|.
2167
2168 Examples: >
2169 exists("&shortname")
2170 exists("$HOSTNAME")
2171 exists("*strftime")
2172 exists("*s:MyFunc")
2173 exists("bufcount")
2174 exists(":Make")
2175 exists("#CursorHold");
2176 exists("#BufReadPre#*.gz")
2177< There must be no space between the symbol (&/$/*/#) and the
2178 name.
2179 Note that the argument must be a string, not the name of the
2180 variable itself! For example: >
2181 exists(bufcount)
2182< This doesn't check for existence of the "bufcount" variable,
2183 but gets the contents of "bufcount", and checks if that
2184 exists.
2185
2186expand({expr} [, {flag}]) *expand()*
2187 Expand wildcards and the following special keywords in {expr}.
2188 The result is a String.
2189
2190 When there are several matches, they are separated by <NL>
2191 characters. [Note: in version 5.0 a space was used, which
2192 caused problems when a file name contains a space]
2193
2194 If the expansion fails, the result is an empty string. A name
2195 for a non-existing file is not included.
2196
2197 When {expr} starts with '%', '#' or '<', the expansion is done
2198 like for the |cmdline-special| variables with their associated
2199 modifiers. Here is a short overview:
2200
2201 % current file name
2202 # alternate file name
2203 #n alternate file name n
2204 <cfile> file name under the cursor
2205 <afile> autocmd file name
2206 <abuf> autocmd buffer number (as a String!)
2207 <amatch> autocmd matched name
2208 <sfile> sourced script file name
2209 <cword> word under the cursor
2210 <cWORD> WORD under the cursor
2211 <client> the {clientid} of the last received
2212 message |server2client()|
2213 Modifiers:
2214 :p expand to full path
2215 :h head (last path component removed)
2216 :t tail (last path component only)
2217 :r root (one extension removed)
2218 :e extension only
2219
2220 Example: >
2221 :let &tags = expand("%:p:h") . "/tags"
2222< Note that when expanding a string that starts with '%', '#' or
2223 '<', any following text is ignored. This does NOT work: >
2224 :let doesntwork = expand("%:h.bak")
2225< Use this: >
2226 :let doeswork = expand("%:h") . ".bak"
2227< Also note that expanding "<cfile>" and others only returns the
2228 referenced file name without further expansion. If "<cfile>"
2229 is "~/.cshrc", you need to do another expand() to have the
2230 "~/" expanded into the path of the home directory: >
2231 :echo expand(expand("<cfile>"))
2232<
2233 There cannot be white space between the variables and the
2234 following modifier. The |fnamemodify()| function can be used
2235 to modify normal file names.
2236
2237 When using '%' or '#', and the current or alternate file name
2238 is not defined, an empty string is used. Using "%:p" in a
2239 buffer with no name, results in the current directory, with a
2240 '/' added.
2241
2242 When {expr} does not start with '%', '#' or '<', it is
2243 expanded like a file name is expanded on the command line.
2244 'suffixes' and 'wildignore' are used, unless the optional
2245 {flag} argument is given and it is non-zero. Names for
Bram Moolenaar02743632005-07-25 20:42:36 +00002246 non-existing files are included. The "**" item can be used to
2247 search in a directory tree. For example, to find all "README"
2248 files in the current directory and below: >
2249 :echo expand("**/README")
2250<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002251 Expand() can also be used to expand variables and environment
2252 variables that are only known in a shell. But this can be
2253 slow, because a shell must be started. See |expr-env-expand|.
2254 The expanded variable is still handled like a list of file
2255 names. When an environment variable cannot be expanded, it is
2256 left unchanged. Thus ":echo expand('$FOOBAR')" results in
2257 "$FOOBAR".
2258
2259 See |glob()| for finding existing files. See |system()| for
2260 getting the raw output of an external command.
2261
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002262extend({expr1}, {expr2} [, {expr3}]) *extend()*
2263 {expr1} and {expr2} must be both Lists or both Dictionaries.
2264
2265 If they are Lists: Append {expr2} to {expr1}.
2266 If {expr3} is given insert the items of {expr2} before item
2267 {expr3} in {expr1}. When {expr3} is zero insert before the
2268 first item. When {expr3} is equal to len({expr1}) then
2269 {expr2} is appended.
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00002270 Examples: >
2271 :echo sort(extend(mylist, [7, 5]))
2272 :call extend(mylist, [2, 3], 1)
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002273< Use |add()| to concatenate one item to a list. To concatenate
2274 two lists into a new list use the + operator: >
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00002275 :let newlist = [1, 2, 3] + [4, 5]
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002276<
2277 If they are Dictionaries:
2278 Add all entries from {expr2} to {expr1}.
2279 If a key exists in both {expr1} and {expr2} then {expr3} is
2280 used to decide what to do:
2281 {expr3} = "keep": keep the value of {expr1}
2282 {expr3} = "force": use the value of {expr2}
Bram Moolenaar383f9bc2005-01-19 22:18:32 +00002283 {expr3} = "error": give an error message *E737*
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002284 When {expr3} is omitted then "force" is assumed.
2285
2286 {expr1} is changed when {expr2} is not empty. If necessary
2287 make a copy of {expr1} first.
2288 {expr2} remains unchanged.
2289 Returns {expr1}.
2290
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00002291
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002292filereadable({file}) *filereadable()*
2293 The result is a Number, which is TRUE when a file with the
2294 name {file} exists, and can be read. If {file} doesn't exist,
2295 or is a directory, the result is FALSE. {file} is any
2296 expression, which is used as a String.
2297 *file_readable()*
2298 Obsolete name: file_readable().
2299
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00002300
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002301filter({expr}, {string}) *filter()*
2302 {expr} must be a List or a Dictionary.
2303 For each item in {expr} evaluate {string} and when the result
2304 is zero remove the item from the List or Dictionary.
2305 Inside {string} |v:val| has the value of the current item.
2306 For a Dictionary |v:key| has the key of the current item.
2307 Examples: >
2308 :call filter(mylist, 'v:val !~ "OLD"')
2309< Removes the items where "OLD" appears. >
2310 :call filter(mydict, 'v:key >= 8')
2311< Removes the items with a key below 8. >
2312 :call filter(var, 0)
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00002313< Removes all the items, thus clears the List or Dictionary.
2314
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002315 Note that {string} is the result of expression and is then
2316 used as an expression again. Often it is good to use a
2317 |literal-string| to avoid having to double backslashes.
2318
2319 The operation is done in-place. If you want a List or
2320 Dictionary to remain unmodified make a copy first: >
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00002321 :let l = filter(copy(mylist), '& =~ "KEEP"')
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002322
2323< Returns {expr}, the List or Dictionary that was filtered.
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00002324
2325
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00002326finddir({name}[, {path}[, {count}]]) *finddir()*
2327 Find directory {name} in {path}.
2328 If {path} is omitted or empty then 'path' is used.
2329 If the optional {count} is given, find {count}'s occurrence of
2330 {name} in {path}.
2331 This is quite similar to the ex-command |:find|.
2332 When the found directory is below the current directory a
2333 relative path is returned. Otherwise a full path is returned.
2334 Example: >
2335 :echo findfile("tags.vim", ".;")
2336< Searches from the current directory upwards until it finds
2337 the file "tags.vim".
2338 {only available when compiled with the +file_in_path feature}
2339
2340findfile({name}[, {path}[, {count}]]) *findfile()*
2341 Just like |finddir()|, but find a file instead of a directory.
2342
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002343filewritable({file}) *filewritable()*
2344 The result is a Number, which is 1 when a file with the
2345 name {file} exists, and can be written. If {file} doesn't
2346 exist, or is not writable, the result is 0. If (file) is a
2347 directory, and we can write to it, the result is 2.
2348
2349fnamemodify({fname}, {mods}) *fnamemodify()*
2350 Modify file name {fname} according to {mods}. {mods} is a
2351 string of characters like it is used for file names on the
2352 command line. See |filename-modifiers|.
2353 Example: >
2354 :echo fnamemodify("main.c", ":p:h")
2355< results in: >
2356 /home/mool/vim/vim/src
2357< Note: Environment variables and "~" don't work in {fname}, use
2358 |expand()| first then.
2359
2360foldclosed({lnum}) *foldclosed()*
2361 The result is a Number. If the line {lnum} is in a closed
2362 fold, the result is the number of the first line in that fold.
2363 If the line {lnum} is not in a closed fold, -1 is returned.
2364
2365foldclosedend({lnum}) *foldclosedend()*
2366 The result is a Number. If the line {lnum} is in a closed
2367 fold, the result is the number of the last line in that fold.
2368 If the line {lnum} is not in a closed fold, -1 is returned.
2369
2370foldlevel({lnum}) *foldlevel()*
2371 The result is a Number, which is the foldlevel of line {lnum}
2372 in the current buffer. For nested folds the deepest level is
2373 returned. If there is no fold at line {lnum}, zero is
2374 returned. It doesn't matter if the folds are open or closed.
2375 When used while updating folds (from 'foldexpr') -1 is
2376 returned for lines where folds are still to be updated and the
2377 foldlevel is unknown. As a special case the level of the
2378 previous line is usually available.
2379
2380 *foldtext()*
2381foldtext() Returns a String, to be displayed for a closed fold. This is
2382 the default function used for the 'foldtext' option and should
2383 only be called from evaluating 'foldtext'. It uses the
2384 |v:foldstart|, |v:foldend| and |v:folddashes| variables.
2385 The returned string looks like this: >
2386 +-- 45 lines: abcdef
2387< The number of dashes depends on the foldlevel. The "45" is
2388 the number of lines in the fold. "abcdef" is the text in the
2389 first non-blank line of the fold. Leading white space, "//"
2390 or "/*" and the text from the 'foldmarker' and 'commentstring'
2391 options is removed.
2392 {not available when compiled without the |+folding| feature}
2393
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00002394foldtextresult({lnum}) *foldtextresult()*
2395 Returns the text that is displayed for the closed fold at line
2396 {lnum}. Evaluates 'foldtext' in the appropriate context.
2397 When there is no closed fold at {lnum} an empty string is
2398 returned.
2399 {lnum} is used like with |getline()|. Thus "." is the current
2400 line, "'m" mark m, etc.
2401 Useful when exporting folded text, e.g., to HTML.
2402 {not available when compiled without the |+folding| feature}
2403
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002404 *foreground()*
2405foreground() Move the Vim window to the foreground. Useful when sent from
2406 a client to a Vim server. |remote_send()|
2407 On Win32 systems this might not work, the OS does not always
2408 allow a window to bring itself to the foreground. Use
2409 |remote_foreground()| instead.
2410 {only in the Win32, Athena, Motif and GTK GUI versions and the
2411 Win32 console version}
2412
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002413
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00002414function({name}) *function()* *E700*
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00002415 Return a Funcref variable that refers to function {name}.
2416 {name} can be a user defined function or an internal function.
2417
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002418
Bram Moolenaar39a58ca2005-06-27 22:42:44 +00002419garbagecollect() *garbagecollect()*
2420 Cleanup unused Lists and Dictionaries that have circular
2421 references. There is hardly ever a need to invoke this
2422 function, as it is automatically done when Vim runs out of
2423 memory or is waiting for the user to press a key after
2424 'updatetime'. Items without circular references are always
2425 freed when they become unused.
2426 This is useful if you have deleted a very big List and/or
2427 Dictionary with circular references in a script that runs for
2428 a long time.
2429
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00002430get({list}, {idx} [, {default}]) *get()*
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002431 Get item {idx} from List {list}. When this item is not
2432 available return {default}. Return zero when {default} is
2433 omitted.
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002434get({dict}, {key} [, {default}])
2435 Get item with key {key} from Dictionary {dict}. When this
2436 item is not available return {default}. Return zero when
2437 {default} is omitted.
2438
Bram Moolenaar45360022005-07-21 21:08:21 +00002439 *getbufline()*
2440getbufline({expr}, {lnum} [, {end}])
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00002441 Return a List with the lines starting from {lnum} to {end}
2442 (inclusive) in the buffer {expr}. If {end} is omitted, a List
2443 with only the line {lnum} is returned.
Bram Moolenaar45360022005-07-21 21:08:21 +00002444
2445 For the use of {expr}, see |bufname()| above.
2446
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00002447 For {lnum} and {end} "$" can be used for the last line of the
2448 buffer. Otherwise a number must be used.
Bram Moolenaar45360022005-07-21 21:08:21 +00002449
2450 When {lnum} is smaller than 1 or bigger than the number of
2451 lines in the buffer, an empty List is returned.
2452
2453 When {end} is greater than the number of lines in the buffer,
2454 it is treated as {end} is set to the number of lines in the
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00002455 buffer. When {end} is before {lnum} an empty List is
Bram Moolenaar45360022005-07-21 21:08:21 +00002456 returned.
2457
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00002458 This function works only for loaded buffers. For unloaded and
Bram Moolenaar45360022005-07-21 21:08:21 +00002459 non-existing buffers, an empty List is returned.
2460
2461 Example: >
2462 :let lines = getbufline(bufnr("myfile"), 1, "$")
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002463
2464getbufvar({expr}, {varname}) *getbufvar()*
2465 The result is the value of option or local buffer variable
2466 {varname} in buffer {expr}. Note that the name without "b:"
2467 must be used.
Bram Moolenaar4317d9b2005-03-18 20:25:31 +00002468 This also works for a global or buffer-local option, but it
2469 doesn't work for a global variable, window-local variable or
2470 window-local option.
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002471 For the use of {expr}, see |bufname()| above.
2472 When the buffer or variable doesn't exist an empty string is
2473 returned, there is no error message.
2474 Examples: >
2475 :let bufmodified = getbufvar(1, "&mod")
2476 :echo "todo myvar = " . getbufvar("todo", "myvar")
2477<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002478getchar([expr]) *getchar()*
2479 Get a single character from the user. If it is an 8-bit
2480 character, the result is a number. Otherwise a String is
2481 returned with the encoded character. For a special key it's a
2482 sequence of bytes starting with 0x80 (decimal: 128).
2483 If [expr] is omitted, wait until a character is available.
2484 If [expr] is 0, only get a character when one is available.
2485 If [expr] is 1, only check if a character is available, it is
2486 not consumed. If a normal character is
2487 available, it is returned, otherwise a
2488 non-zero value is returned.
2489 If a normal character available, it is returned as a Number.
2490 Use nr2char() to convert it to a String.
2491 The returned value is zero if no character is available.
2492 The returned value is a string of characters for special keys
2493 and when a modifier (shift, control, alt) was used.
2494 There is no prompt, you will somehow have to make clear to the
2495 user that a character has to be typed.
2496 There is no mapping for the character.
2497 Key codes are replaced, thus when the user presses the <Del>
2498 key you get the code for the <Del> key, not the raw character
2499 sequence. Examples: >
2500 getchar() == "\<Del>"
2501 getchar() == "\<S-Left>"
2502< This example redefines "f" to ignore case: >
2503 :nmap f :call FindChar()<CR>
2504 :function FindChar()
2505 : let c = nr2char(getchar())
2506 : while col('.') < col('$') - 1
2507 : normal l
2508 : if getline('.')[col('.') - 1] ==? c
2509 : break
2510 : endif
2511 : endwhile
2512 :endfunction
2513
2514getcharmod() *getcharmod()*
2515 The result is a Number which is the state of the modifiers for
2516 the last obtained character with getchar() or in another way.
2517 These values are added together:
2518 2 shift
2519 4 control
2520 8 alt (meta)
2521 16 mouse double click
2522 32 mouse triple click
2523 64 mouse quadruple click
2524 128 Macintosh only: command
2525 Only the modifiers that have not been included in the
2526 character itself are obtained. Thus Shift-a results in "A"
2527 with no modifier.
2528
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002529getcmdline() *getcmdline()*
2530 Return the current command-line. Only works when the command
2531 line is being edited, thus requires use of |c_CTRL-\_e| or
2532 |c_CTRL-R_=|.
2533 Example: >
2534 :cmap <F7> <C-\>eescape(getcmdline(), ' \')<CR>
2535< Also see |getcmdpos()| and |setcmdpos()|.
2536
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00002537getcmdpos() *getcmdpos()*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002538 Return the position of the cursor in the command line as a
2539 byte count. The first column is 1.
2540 Only works when editing the command line, thus requires use of
2541 |c_CTRL-\_e| or |c_CTRL-R_=|. Returns 0 otherwise.
2542 Also see |setcmdpos()| and |getcmdline()|.
2543
2544 *getcwd()*
2545getcwd() The result is a String, which is the name of the current
2546 working directory.
2547
2548getfsize({fname}) *getfsize()*
2549 The result is a Number, which is the size in bytes of the
2550 given file {fname}.
2551 If {fname} is a directory, 0 is returned.
2552 If the file {fname} can't be found, -1 is returned.
2553
Bram Moolenaard8b0cf12004-12-12 11:33:30 +00002554getfontname([{name}]) *getfontname()*
2555 Without an argument returns the name of the normal font being
2556 used. Like what is used for the Normal highlight group
2557 |hl-Normal|.
2558 With an argument a check is done whether {name} is a valid
2559 font name. If not then an empty string is returned.
2560 Otherwise the actual font name is returned, or {name} if the
2561 GUI does not support obtaining the real name.
2562 Only works when the GUI is running, thus not you your vimrc or
2563 Note that the GTK 2 GUI accepts any font name, thus checking
2564 for a valid name does not work.
2565 gvimrc file. Use the |GUIEnter| autocommand to use this
2566 function just after the GUI has started.
2567
Bram Moolenaar5eb86f92004-07-26 12:53:41 +00002568getfperm({fname}) *getfperm()*
2569 The result is a String, which is the read, write, and execute
2570 permissions of the given file {fname}.
2571 If {fname} does not exist or its directory cannot be read, an
2572 empty string is returned.
2573 The result is of the form "rwxrwxrwx", where each group of
2574 "rwx" flags represent, in turn, the permissions of the owner
2575 of the file, the group the file belongs to, and other users.
2576 If a user does not have a given permission the flag for this
2577 is replaced with the string "-". Example: >
2578 :echo getfperm("/etc/passwd")
2579< This will hopefully (from a security point of view) display
2580 the string "rw-r--r--" or even "rw-------".
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +00002581
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002582getftime({fname}) *getftime()*
2583 The result is a Number, which is the last modification time of
2584 the given file {fname}. The value is measured as seconds
2585 since 1st Jan 1970, and may be passed to strftime(). See also
2586 |localtime()| and |strftime()|.
2587 If the file {fname} can't be found -1 is returned.
2588
Bram Moolenaar5eb86f92004-07-26 12:53:41 +00002589getftype({fname}) *getftype()*
2590 The result is a String, which is a description of the kind of
2591 file of the given file {fname}.
2592 If {fname} does not exist an empty string is returned.
2593 Here is a table over different kinds of files and their
2594 results:
2595 Normal file "file"
2596 Directory "dir"
2597 Symbolic link "link"
2598 Block device "bdev"
2599 Character device "cdev"
2600 Socket "socket"
2601 FIFO "fifo"
2602 All other "other"
2603 Example: >
2604 getftype("/home")
2605< Note that a type such as "link" will only be returned on
2606 systems that support it. On some systems only "dir" and
2607 "file" are returned.
2608
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002609 *getline()*
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002610getline({lnum} [, {end}])
2611 Without {end} the result is a String, which is line {lnum}
2612 from the current buffer. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002613 getline(1)
2614< When {lnum} is a String that doesn't start with a
2615 digit, line() is called to translate the String into a Number.
2616 To get the line under the cursor: >
2617 getline(".")
2618< When {lnum} is smaller than 1 or bigger than the number of
2619 lines in the buffer, an empty string is returned.
2620
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002621 When {end} is given the result is a List where each item is a
2622 line from the current buffer in the range {lnum} to {end},
2623 including line {end}.
2624 {end} is used in the same way as {lnum}.
2625 Non-existing lines are silently omitted.
Bram Moolenaar45360022005-07-21 21:08:21 +00002626 When {end} is before {lnum} an empty List is returned.
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002627 Example: >
2628 :let start = line('.')
2629 :let end = search("^$") - 1
2630 :let lines = getline(start, end)
2631
2632
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00002633getqflist() *getqflist()*
2634 Returns a list with all the current quickfix errors. Each
2635 list item is a dictionary with these entries:
2636 bufnr number of buffer that has the file name, use
2637 bufname() to get the name
2638 lnum line number in the buffer (first line is 1)
2639 col column number (first column is 1)
Bram Moolenaar582fd852005-03-28 20:58:01 +00002640 vcol non-zero: "col" is visual column
2641 zero: "col" is byte index
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00002642 nr error number
2643 text description of the error
2644 type type of the error, 'E', '1', etc.
2645 valid non-zero: recognized error message
2646
Bram Moolenaare7eb9df2005-09-09 19:49:30 +00002647 When there is no error list or it's empty an empty list is
2648 returned.
2649
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00002650 Useful application: Find pattern matches in multiple files and
2651 do something with them: >
2652 :vimgrep /theword/jg *.c
2653 :for d in getqflist()
2654 : echo bufname(d.bufnr) ':' d.lnum '=' d.text
2655 :endfor
2656
2657
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00002658getreg([{regname} [, 1]]) *getreg()*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002659 The result is a String, which is the contents of register
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00002660 {regname}. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002661 :let cliptext = getreg('*')
2662< getreg('=') returns the last evaluated value of the expression
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00002663 register. (For use in maps.)
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00002664 getreg('=', 1) returns the expression itself, so that it can
2665 be restored with |setreg()|. For other registers the extra
2666 argument is ignored, thus you can always give it.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002667 If {regname} is not specified, |v:register| is used.
2668
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002669
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002670getregtype([{regname}]) *getregtype()*
2671 The result is a String, which is type of register {regname}.
2672 The value will be one of:
2673 "v" for |characterwise| text
2674 "V" for |linewise| text
2675 "<CTRL-V>{width}" for |blockwise-visual| text
2676 0 for an empty or unknown register
2677 <CTRL-V> is one character with value 0x16.
2678 If {regname} is not specified, |v:register| is used.
2679
2680 *getwinposx()*
2681getwinposx() The result is a Number, which is the X coordinate in pixels of
2682 the left hand side of the GUI Vim window. The result will be
2683 -1 if the information is not available.
2684
2685 *getwinposy()*
2686getwinposy() The result is a Number, which is the Y coordinate in pixels of
2687 the top of the GUI Vim window. The result will be -1 if the
2688 information is not available.
2689
2690getwinvar({nr}, {varname}) *getwinvar()*
2691 The result is the value of option or local window variable
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00002692 {varname} in window {nr}. When {nr} is zero the current
2693 window is used.
Bram Moolenaar4317d9b2005-03-18 20:25:31 +00002694 This also works for a global option, buffer-local option and
2695 window-local option, but it doesn't work for a global variable
2696 or buffer-local variable.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002697 Note that the name without "w:" must be used.
2698 Examples: >
2699 :let list_is_on = getwinvar(2, '&list')
2700 :echo "myvar = " . getwinvar(1, 'myvar')
2701<
2702 *glob()*
2703glob({expr}) Expand the file wildcards in {expr}. The result is a String.
2704 When there are several matches, they are separated by <NL>
2705 characters.
2706 If the expansion fails, the result is an empty string.
2707 A name for a non-existing file is not included.
2708
2709 For most systems backticks can be used to get files names from
2710 any external command. Example: >
2711 :let tagfiles = glob("`find . -name tags -print`")
2712 :let &tags = substitute(tagfiles, "\n", ",", "g")
2713< The result of the program inside the backticks should be one
2714 item per line. Spaces inside an item are allowed.
2715
2716 See |expand()| for expanding special Vim variables. See
2717 |system()| for getting the raw output of an external command.
2718
2719globpath({path}, {expr}) *globpath()*
2720 Perform glob() on all directories in {path} and concatenate
2721 the results. Example: >
2722 :echo globpath(&rtp, "syntax/c.vim")
2723< {path} is a comma-separated list of directory names. Each
2724 directory name is prepended to {expr} and expanded like with
2725 glob(). A path separator is inserted when needed.
2726 To add a comma inside a directory name escape it with a
2727 backslash. Note that on MS-Windows a directory may have a
2728 trailing backslash, remove it if you put a comma after it.
2729 If the expansion fails for one of the directories, there is no
2730 error message.
2731 The 'wildignore' option applies: Names matching one of the
2732 patterns in 'wildignore' will be skipped.
2733
Bram Moolenaar02743632005-07-25 20:42:36 +00002734 The "**" item can be used to search in a directory tree.
2735 For example, to find all "README.txt" files in the directories
2736 in 'runtimepath' and below: >
2737 :echo globpath(&rtp, "**/README.txt")
2738<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002739 *has()*
2740has({feature}) The result is a Number, which is 1 if the feature {feature} is
2741 supported, zero otherwise. The {feature} argument is a
2742 string. See |feature-list| below.
2743 Also see |exists()|.
2744
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002745
2746has_key({dict}, {key}) *has_key()*
2747 The result is a Number, which is 1 if Dictionary {dict} has an
2748 entry with key {key}. Zero otherwise.
2749
2750
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002751hasmapto({what} [, {mode}]) *hasmapto()*
2752 The result is a Number, which is 1 if there is a mapping that
2753 contains {what} in somewhere in the rhs (what it is mapped to)
2754 and this mapping exists in one of the modes indicated by
2755 {mode}.
2756 Both the global mappings and the mappings local to the current
2757 buffer are checked for a match.
2758 If no matching mapping is found 0 is returned.
2759 The following characters are recognized in {mode}:
2760 n Normal mode
2761 v Visual mode
2762 o Operator-pending mode
2763 i Insert mode
2764 l Language-Argument ("r", "f", "t", etc.)
2765 c Command-line mode
2766 When {mode} is omitted, "nvo" is used.
2767
2768 This function is useful to check if a mapping already exists
2769 to a function in a Vim script. Example: >
2770 :if !hasmapto('\ABCdoit')
2771 : map <Leader>d \ABCdoit
2772 :endif
2773< This installs the mapping to "\ABCdoit" only if there isn't
2774 already a mapping to "\ABCdoit".
2775
2776histadd({history}, {item}) *histadd()*
2777 Add the String {item} to the history {history} which can be
2778 one of: *hist-names*
2779 "cmd" or ":" command line history
2780 "search" or "/" search pattern history
2781 "expr" or "=" typed expression history
2782 "input" or "@" input line history
2783 If {item} does already exist in the history, it will be
2784 shifted to become the newest entry.
2785 The result is a Number: 1 if the operation was successful,
2786 otherwise 0 is returned.
2787
2788 Example: >
2789 :call histadd("input", strftime("%Y %b %d"))
2790 :let date=input("Enter date: ")
2791< This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
2792
2793histdel({history} [, {item}]) *histdel()*
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00002794 Clear {history}, i.e. delete all its entries. See |hist-names|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002795 for the possible values of {history}.
2796
2797 If the parameter {item} is given as String, this is seen
2798 as regular expression. All entries matching that expression
2799 will be removed from the history (if there are any).
2800 Upper/lowercase must match, unless "\c" is used |/\c|.
2801 If {item} is a Number, it will be interpreted as index, see
2802 |:history-indexing|. The respective entry will be removed
2803 if it exists.
2804
2805 The result is a Number: 1 for a successful operation,
2806 otherwise 0 is returned.
2807
2808 Examples:
2809 Clear expression register history: >
2810 :call histdel("expr")
2811<
2812 Remove all entries starting with "*" from the search history: >
2813 :call histdel("/", '^\*')
2814<
2815 The following three are equivalent: >
2816 :call histdel("search", histnr("search"))
2817 :call histdel("search", -1)
2818 :call histdel("search", '^'.histget("search", -1).'$')
2819<
2820 To delete the last search pattern and use the last-but-one for
2821 the "n" command and 'hlsearch': >
2822 :call histdel("search", -1)
2823 :let @/ = histget("search", -1)
2824
2825histget({history} [, {index}]) *histget()*
2826 The result is a String, the entry with Number {index} from
2827 {history}. See |hist-names| for the possible values of
2828 {history}, and |:history-indexing| for {index}. If there is
2829 no such entry, an empty String is returned. When {index} is
2830 omitted, the most recent item from the history is used.
2831
2832 Examples:
2833 Redo the second last search from history. >
2834 :execute '/' . histget("search", -2)
2835
2836< Define an Ex command ":H {num}" that supports re-execution of
2837 the {num}th entry from the output of |:history|. >
2838 :command -nargs=1 H execute histget("cmd", 0+<args>)
2839<
2840histnr({history}) *histnr()*
2841 The result is the Number of the current entry in {history}.
2842 See |hist-names| for the possible values of {history}.
2843 If an error occurred, -1 is returned.
2844
2845 Example: >
2846 :let inp_index = histnr("expr")
2847<
2848hlexists({name}) *hlexists()*
2849 The result is a Number, which is non-zero if a highlight group
2850 called {name} exists. This is when the group has been
2851 defined in some way. Not necessarily when highlighting has
2852 been defined for it, it may also have been used for a syntax
2853 item.
2854 *highlight_exists()*
2855 Obsolete name: highlight_exists().
2856
2857 *hlID()*
2858hlID({name}) The result is a Number, which is the ID of the highlight group
2859 with name {name}. When the highlight group doesn't exist,
2860 zero is returned.
2861 This can be used to retrieve information about the highlight
2862 group. For example, to get the background color of the
2863 "Comment" group: >
2864 :echo synIDattr(synIDtrans(hlID("Comment")), "bg")
2865< *highlightID()*
2866 Obsolete name: highlightID().
2867
2868hostname() *hostname()*
2869 The result is a String, which is the name of the machine on
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00002870 which Vim is currently running. Machine names greater than
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002871 256 characters long are truncated.
2872
2873iconv({expr}, {from}, {to}) *iconv()*
2874 The result is a String, which is the text {expr} converted
2875 from encoding {from} to encoding {to}.
2876 When the conversion fails an empty string is returned.
2877 The encoding names are whatever the iconv() library function
2878 can accept, see ":!man 3 iconv".
2879 Most conversions require Vim to be compiled with the |+iconv|
2880 feature. Otherwise only UTF-8 to latin1 conversion and back
2881 can be done.
2882 This can be used to display messages with special characters,
2883 no matter what 'encoding' is set to. Write the message in
2884 UTF-8 and use: >
2885 echo iconv(utf8_str, "utf-8", &enc)
2886< Note that Vim uses UTF-8 for all Unicode encodings, conversion
2887 from/to UCS-2 is automatically changed to use UTF-8. You
2888 cannot use UCS-2 in a string anyway, because of the NUL bytes.
2889 {only available when compiled with the +multi_byte feature}
2890
2891 *indent()*
2892indent({lnum}) The result is a Number, which is indent of line {lnum} in the
2893 current buffer. The indent is counted in spaces, the value
2894 of 'tabstop' is relevant. {lnum} is used just like in
2895 |getline()|.
2896 When {lnum} is invalid -1 is returned.
2897
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00002898
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00002899index({list}, {expr} [, {start} [, {ic}]]) *index()*
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00002900 Return the lowest index in List {list} where the item has a
2901 value equal to {expr}.
Bram Moolenaar748bf032005-02-02 23:04:36 +00002902 If {start} is given then start looking at the item with index
2903 {start} (may be negative for an item relative to the end).
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00002904 When {ic} is given and it is non-zero, ignore case. Otherwise
2905 case must match.
2906 -1 is returned when {expr} is not found in {list}.
2907 Example: >
2908 :let idx = index(words, "the")
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00002909 :if index(numbers, 123) >= 0
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00002910
2911
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002912input({prompt} [, {text}]) *input()*
2913 The result is a String, which is whatever the user typed on
2914 the command-line. The parameter is either a prompt string, or
2915 a blank string (for no prompt). A '\n' can be used in the
2916 prompt to start a new line. The highlighting set with
2917 |:echohl| is used for the prompt. The input is entered just
2918 like a command-line, with the same editing commands and
2919 mappings. There is a separate history for lines typed for
2920 input().
2921 If the optional {text} is present, this is used for the
2922 default reply, as if the user typed this.
2923 NOTE: This must not be used in a startup file, for the
2924 versions that only run in GUI mode (e.g., the Win32 GUI).
2925 Note: When input() is called from within a mapping it will
2926 consume remaining characters from that mapping, because a
2927 mapping is handled like the characters were typed.
2928 Use |inputsave()| before input() and |inputrestore()|
2929 after input() to avoid that. Another solution is to avoid
2930 that further characters follow in the mapping, e.g., by using
2931 |:execute| or |:normal|.
2932
2933 Example: >
2934 :if input("Coffee or beer? ") == "beer"
2935 : echo "Cheers!"
2936 :endif
2937< Example with default text: >
2938 :let color = input("Color? ", "white")
2939< Example with a mapping: >
2940 :nmap \x :call GetFoo()<CR>:exe "/" . Foo<CR>
2941 :function GetFoo()
2942 : call inputsave()
2943 : let g:Foo = input("enter search pattern: ")
2944 : call inputrestore()
2945 :endfunction
2946
2947inputdialog({prompt} [, {text} [, {cancelreturn}]]) *inputdialog()*
2948 Like input(), but when the GUI is running and text dialogs are
2949 supported, a dialog window pops up to input the text.
2950 Example: >
2951 :let n = inputdialog("value for shiftwidth", &sw)
2952 :if n != ""
2953 : let &sw = n
2954 :endif
2955< When the dialog is cancelled {cancelreturn} is returned. When
2956 omitted an empty string is returned.
2957 Hitting <Enter> works like pressing the OK button. Hitting
2958 <Esc> works like pressing the Cancel button.
2959
Bram Moolenaar578b49e2005-09-10 19:22:57 +00002960inputlist({textlist}) *inputlist()*
2961 {textlist} must be a list of strings. This list is displayed,
2962 one string per line. The user will be prompted to enter a
2963 number, which is returned.
2964 The user can also select an item by clicking on it with the
2965 mouse. For the first string 0 is returned. When clicking
2966 above the first item a negative number is returned. When
2967 clicking on the prompt one more than the length of {textlist}
2968 is returned.
2969 Make sure {textlist} has less then 'lines' entries, otherwise
2970 it won't work. It's a good idea to put the entry number at
2971 the start of the string. Example: >
2972 let color = inputlist(['Select color:', '1. red',
2973 \ '2. green', '3. blue'])
2974
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002975inputrestore() *inputrestore()*
2976 Restore typeahead that was saved with a previous inputsave().
2977 Should be called the same number of times inputsave() is
2978 called. Calling it more often is harmless though.
2979 Returns 1 when there is nothing to restore, 0 otherwise.
2980
2981inputsave() *inputsave()*
2982 Preserve typeahead (also from mappings) and clear it, so that
2983 a following prompt gets input from the user. Should be
2984 followed by a matching inputrestore() after the prompt. Can
2985 be used several times, in which case there must be just as
2986 many inputrestore() calls.
2987 Returns 1 when out of memory, 0 otherwise.
2988
2989inputsecret({prompt} [, {text}]) *inputsecret()*
2990 This function acts much like the |input()| function with but
2991 two exceptions:
2992 a) the user's response will be displayed as a sequence of
2993 asterisks ("*") thereby keeping the entry secret, and
2994 b) the user's response will not be recorded on the input
2995 |history| stack.
2996 The result is a String, which is whatever the user actually
2997 typed on the command-line in response to the issued prompt.
2998
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00002999insert({list}, {item} [, {idx}]) *insert()*
3000 Insert {item} at the start of List {list}.
3001 If {idx} is specified insert {item} before the item with index
3002 {idx}. If {idx} is zero it goes before the first item, just
3003 like omitting {idx}. A negative {idx} is also possible, see
3004 |list-index|. -1 inserts just before the last item.
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00003005 Returns the resulting List. Examples: >
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00003006 :let mylist = insert([2, 3, 5], 1)
3007 :call insert(mylist, 4, -1)
3008 :call insert(mylist, 6, len(mylist))
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00003009< The last example can be done simpler with |add()|.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00003010 Note that when {item} is a List it is inserted as a single
3011 item. Use |extend()| to concatenate Lists.
3012
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003013isdirectory({directory}) *isdirectory()*
3014 The result is a Number, which is non-zero when a directory
3015 with the name {directory} exists. If {directory} doesn't
3016 exist, or isn't a directory, the result is FALSE. {directory}
3017 is any expression, which is used as a String.
3018
Bram Moolenaar2ce06f62005-01-31 19:19:04 +00003019islocked({expr}) *islocked()*
3020 The result is a Number, which is non-zero when {expr} is the
3021 name of a locked variable.
3022 {expr} must be the name of a variable, List item or Dictionary
3023 entry, not the variable itself! Example: >
3024 :let alist = [0, ['a', 'b'], 2, 3]
3025 :lockvar 1 alist
3026 :echo islocked('alist') " 1
3027 :echo islocked('alist[1]') " 0
3028
3029< When {expr} is a variable that does not exist you get an error
3030 message. Use |exists()| to check for existance.
3031
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00003032items({dict}) *items()*
3033 Return a List with all the key-value pairs of {dict}. Each
3034 List item is a list with two items: the key of a {dict} entry
3035 and the value of this entry. The List is in arbitrary order.
3036
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003037
3038join({list} [, {sep}]) *join()*
3039 Join the items in {list} together into one String.
3040 When {sep} is specified it is put in between the items. If
3041 {sep} is omitted a single space is used.
3042 Note that {sep} is not added at the end. You might want to
3043 add it there too: >
3044 let lines = join(mylist, "\n") . "\n"
3045< String items are used as-is. Lists and Dictionaries are
3046 converted into a string like with |string()|.
3047 The opposite function is |split()|.
3048
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003049keys({dict}) *keys()*
3050 Return a List with all the keys of {dict}. The List is in
3051 arbitrary order.
3052
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00003053 *len()* *E701*
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00003054len({expr}) The result is a Number, which is the length of the argument.
3055 When {expr} is a String or a Number the length in bytes is
3056 used, as with |strlen()|.
3057 When {expr} is a List the number of items in the List is
3058 returned.
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00003059 When {expr} is a Dictionary the number of entries in the
3060 Dictionary is returned.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00003061 Otherwise an error is given.
3062
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003063 *libcall()* *E364* *E368*
3064libcall({libname}, {funcname}, {argument})
3065 Call function {funcname} in the run-time library {libname}
3066 with single argument {argument}.
3067 This is useful to call functions in a library that you
3068 especially made to be used with Vim. Since only one argument
3069 is possible, calling standard library functions is rather
3070 limited.
3071 The result is the String returned by the function. If the
3072 function returns NULL, this will appear as an empty string ""
3073 to Vim.
3074 If the function returns a number, use libcallnr()!
3075 If {argument} is a number, it is passed to the function as an
3076 int; if {argument} is a string, it is passed as a
3077 null-terminated string.
3078 This function will fail in |restricted-mode|.
3079
3080 libcall() allows you to write your own 'plug-in' extensions to
3081 Vim without having to recompile the program. It is NOT a
3082 means to call system functions! If you try to do so Vim will
3083 very probably crash.
3084
3085 For Win32, the functions you write must be placed in a DLL
3086 and use the normal C calling convention (NOT Pascal which is
3087 used in Windows System DLLs). The function must take exactly
3088 one parameter, either a character pointer or a long integer,
3089 and must return a character pointer or NULL. The character
3090 pointer returned must point to memory that will remain valid
3091 after the function has returned (e.g. in static data in the
3092 DLL). If it points to allocated memory, that memory will
3093 leak away. Using a static buffer in the function should work,
3094 it's then freed when the DLL is unloaded.
3095
3096 WARNING: If the function returns a non-valid pointer, Vim may
3097 crash! This also happens if the function returns a number,
3098 because Vim thinks it's a pointer.
3099 For Win32 systems, {libname} should be the filename of the DLL
3100 without the ".DLL" suffix. A full path is only required if
3101 the DLL is not in the usual places.
3102 For Unix: When compiling your own plugins, remember that the
3103 object code must be compiled as position-independent ('PIC').
3104 {only in Win32 on some Unix versions, when the |+libcall|
3105 feature is present}
3106 Examples: >
3107 :echo libcall("libc.so", "getenv", "HOME")
3108 :echo libcallnr("/usr/lib/libc.so", "getpid", "")
3109<
3110 *libcallnr()*
3111libcallnr({libname}, {funcname}, {argument})
3112 Just like libcall(), but used for a function that returns an
3113 int instead of a string.
3114 {only in Win32 on some Unix versions, when the |+libcall|
3115 feature is present}
3116 Example (not very useful...): >
3117 :call libcallnr("libc.so", "printf", "Hello World!\n")
3118 :call libcallnr("libc.so", "sleep", 10)
3119<
3120 *line()*
3121line({expr}) The result is a Number, which is the line number of the file
3122 position given with {expr}. The accepted positions are:
3123 . the cursor position
3124 $ the last line in the current buffer
3125 'x position of mark x (if the mark is not set, 0 is
3126 returned)
3127 Note that only marks in the current file can be used.
3128 Examples: >
3129 line(".") line number of the cursor
3130 line("'t") line number of mark t
3131 line("'" . marker) line number of mark marker
3132< *last-position-jump*
3133 This autocommand jumps to the last known position in a file
3134 just after opening it, if the '" mark is set: >
3135 :au BufReadPost * if line("'\"") > 0 && line("'\"") <= line("$") | exe "normal g'\"" | endif
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00003136
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003137line2byte({lnum}) *line2byte()*
3138 Return the byte count from the start of the buffer for line
3139 {lnum}. This includes the end-of-line character, depending on
3140 the 'fileformat' option for the current buffer. The first
3141 line returns 1.
3142 This can also be used to get the byte count for the line just
3143 below the last line: >
3144 line2byte(line("$") + 1)
3145< This is the file size plus one.
3146 When {lnum} is invalid, or the |+byte_offset| feature has been
3147 disabled at compile time, -1 is returned.
3148 Also see |byte2line()|, |go| and |:goto|.
3149
3150lispindent({lnum}) *lispindent()*
3151 Get the amount of indent for line {lnum} according the lisp
3152 indenting rules, as with 'lisp'.
3153 The indent is counted in spaces, the value of 'tabstop' is
3154 relevant. {lnum} is used just like in |getline()|.
3155 When {lnum} is invalid or Vim was not compiled the
3156 |+lispindent| feature, -1 is returned.
3157
3158localtime() *localtime()*
3159 Return the current time, measured as seconds since 1st Jan
3160 1970. See also |strftime()| and |getftime()|.
3161
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003162
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00003163map({expr}, {string}) *map()*
3164 {expr} must be a List or a Dictionary.
3165 Replace each item in {expr} with the result of evaluating
3166 {string}.
3167 Inside {string} |v:val| has the value of the current item.
3168 For a Dictionary |v:key| has the key of the current item.
3169 Example: >
3170 :call map(mylist, '"> " . v:val . " <"')
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003171< This puts "> " before and " <" after each item in "mylist".
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00003172
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00003173 Note that {string} is the result of an expression and is then
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00003174 used as an expression again. Often it is good to use a
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00003175 |literal-string| to avoid having to double backslashes. You
3176 still have to double ' quotes
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00003177
3178 The operation is done in-place. If you want a List or
3179 Dictionary to remain unmodified make a copy first: >
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003180 :let tlist = map(copy(mylist), ' & . "\t"')
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00003181
3182< Returns {expr}, the List or Dictionary that was filtered.
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003183
3184
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003185maparg({name}[, {mode}]) *maparg()*
3186 Return the rhs of mapping {name} in mode {mode}. When there
3187 is no mapping for {name}, an empty String is returned.
3188 These characters can be used for {mode}:
3189 "n" Normal
3190 "v" Visual
3191 "o" Operator-pending
3192 "i" Insert
3193 "c" Cmd-line
3194 "l" langmap |language-mapping|
3195 "" Normal, Visual and Operator-pending
3196 When {mode} is omitted, the modes from "" are used.
3197 The {name} can have special key names, like in the ":map"
3198 command. The returned String has special characters
3199 translated like in the output of the ":map" command listing.
3200 The mappings local to the current buffer are checked first,
3201 then the global mappings.
3202
3203mapcheck({name}[, {mode}]) *mapcheck()*
3204 Check if there is a mapping that matches with {name} in mode
3205 {mode}. See |maparg()| for {mode} and special names in
3206 {name}.
3207 A match happens with a mapping that starts with {name} and
3208 with a mapping which is equal to the start of {name}.
3209
3210 matches mapping "a" "ab" "abc" ~
3211 mapcheck("a") yes yes yes
3212 mapcheck("abc") yes yes yes
3213 mapcheck("ax") yes no no
3214 mapcheck("b") no no no
3215
3216 The difference with maparg() is that mapcheck() finds a
3217 mapping that matches with {name}, while maparg() only finds a
3218 mapping for {name} exactly.
3219 When there is no mapping that starts with {name}, an empty
3220 String is returned. If there is one, the rhs of that mapping
3221 is returned. If there are several mappings that start with
3222 {name}, the rhs of one of them is returned.
3223 The mappings local to the current buffer are checked first,
3224 then the global mappings.
3225 This function can be used to check if a mapping can be added
3226 without being ambiguous. Example: >
3227 :if mapcheck("_vv") == ""
3228 : map _vv :set guifont=7x13<CR>
3229 :endif
3230< This avoids adding the "_vv" mapping when there already is a
3231 mapping for "_v" or for "_vvv".
3232
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00003233match({expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]]) *match()*
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003234 When {expr} is a List then this returns the index of the first
3235 item where {pat} matches. Each item is used as a String,
3236 Lists and Dictionaries are used as echoed.
3237 Otherwise, {expr} is used as a String. The result is a
3238 Number, which gives the index (byte offset) in {expr} where
3239 {pat} matches.
3240 A match at the first character or List item returns zero.
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00003241 If there is no match -1 is returned.
3242 Example: >
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003243 :echo match("testing", "ing") " results in 4
3244 :echo match([1, 'x'], '\a') " results in 2
3245< See |string-match| for how {pat} is used.
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003246 *strpbrk()*
3247 Vim doesn't have a strpbrk() function. But you can do: >
3248 :let sepidx = match(line, '[.,;: \t]')
3249< *strcasestr()*
3250 Vim doesn't have a strcasestr() function. But you can add
3251 "\c" to the pattern to ignore case: >
3252 :let idx = match(haystack, '\cneedle')
3253<
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00003254 When {count} is given use the {count}'th match. When a match
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003255 is found in a String the search for the next one starts on
3256 character further. Thus this example results in 1: >
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00003257 echo match("testing", "..", 0, 2)
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003258< In a List the search continues in the next item.
3259
3260 If {start} is given, the search starts from byte index
3261 {start} in a String or item {start} in a List.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003262 The result, however, is still the index counted from the
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00003263 first character/item. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003264 :echo match("testing", "ing", 2)
3265< result is again "4". >
3266 :echo match("testing", "ing", 4)
3267< result is again "4". >
3268 :echo match("testing", "t", 2)
3269< result is "3".
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003270 For a String, if {start} < 0, it will be set to 0. For a list
3271 the index is counted from the end.
3272 If {start} is out of range (> strlen({expr} for a String or
3273 > len({expr} for a List) -1 is returned.
3274
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003275 See |pattern| for the patterns that are accepted.
3276 The 'ignorecase' option is used to set the ignore-caseness of
3277 the pattern. 'smartcase' is NOT used. The matching is always
3278 done like 'magic' is set and 'cpoptions' is empty.
3279
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00003280matchend({expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]]) *matchend()*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003281 Same as match(), but return the index of first character after
3282 the match. Example: >
3283 :echo matchend("testing", "ing")
3284< results in "7".
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003285 *strspn()* *strcspn()*
3286 Vim doesn't have a strspn() or strcspn() function, but you can
3287 do it with matchend(): >
3288 :let span = matchend(line, '[a-zA-Z]')
3289 :let span = matchend(line, '[^a-zA-Z]')
3290< Except that -1 is returned when there are no matches.
3291
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003292 The {start}, if given, has the same meaning as for match(). >
3293 :echo matchend("testing", "ing", 2)
3294< results in "7". >
3295 :echo matchend("testing", "ing", 5)
3296< result is "-1".
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003297 When {expr} is a List the result is equal to match().
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003298
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00003299matchlist({expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]]) *matchlist()*
3300 Same as match(), but return a List. The first item in the
3301 list is the matched string, same as what matchstr() would
3302 return. Following items are submatches, like "\1", "\2", etc.
3303 in |:substitute|.
3304 When there is no match an empty list is returned.
3305
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00003306matchstr({expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]]) *matchstr()*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003307 Same as match(), but return the matched string. Example: >
3308 :echo matchstr("testing", "ing")
3309< results in "ing".
3310 When there is no match "" is returned.
3311 The {start}, if given, has the same meaning as for match(). >
3312 :echo matchstr("testing", "ing", 2)
3313< results in "ing". >
3314 :echo matchstr("testing", "ing", 5)
3315< result is "".
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003316 When {expr} is a List then the matching item is returned.
3317 The type isn't changed, it's not necessarily a String.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003318
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00003319 *max()*
3320max({list}) Return the maximum value of all items in {list}.
3321 If {list} is not a list or one of the items in {list} cannot
3322 be used as a Number this results in an error.
3323 An empty List results in zero.
3324
3325 *min()*
3326min({list}) Return the minumum value of all items in {list}.
3327 If {list} is not a list or one of the items in {list} cannot
3328 be used as a Number this results in an error.
3329 An empty List results in zero.
3330
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00003331 *mkdir()* *E749*
3332mkdir({name} [, {path} [, {prot}]])
3333 Create directory {name}.
3334 If {path} is "p" then intermediate directories are created as
3335 necessary. Otherwise it must be "".
3336 If {prot} is given it is used to set the protection bits of
3337 the new directory. The default is 0755 (rwxr-xr-x: r/w for
3338 the user readable for others). Use 0700 to make it unreadable
3339 for others.
3340 This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3341 Not available on all systems. To check use: >
3342 :if exists("*mkdir")
3343<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003344 *mode()*
3345mode() Return a string that indicates the current mode:
3346 n Normal
3347 v Visual by character
3348 V Visual by line
3349 CTRL-V Visual blockwise
3350 s Select by character
3351 S Select by line
3352 CTRL-S Select blockwise
3353 i Insert
3354 R Replace
3355 c Command-line
3356 r Hit-enter prompt
3357 This is useful in the 'statusline' option. In most other
3358 places it always returns "c" or "n".
3359
3360nextnonblank({lnum}) *nextnonblank()*
3361 Return the line number of the first line at or below {lnum}
3362 that is not blank. Example: >
3363 if getline(nextnonblank(1)) =~ "Java"
3364< When {lnum} is invalid or there is no non-blank line at or
3365 below it, zero is returned.
3366 See also |prevnonblank()|.
3367
3368nr2char({expr}) *nr2char()*
3369 Return a string with a single character, which has the number
3370 value {expr}. Examples: >
3371 nr2char(64) returns "@"
3372 nr2char(32) returns " "
3373< The current 'encoding' is used. Example for "utf-8": >
3374 nr2char(300) returns I with bow character
3375< Note that a NUL character in the file is specified with
3376 nr2char(10), because NULs are represented with newline
3377 characters. nr2char(0) is a real NUL and terminates the
Bram Moolenaar383f9bc2005-01-19 22:18:32 +00003378 string, thus results in an empty string.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003379
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003380printf({fmt}, {expr1} ...) *printf()*
3381 Return a String with {fmt}, where "%" items are replaced by
3382 the formatted form of their respective arguments. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar5a8684e2005-07-30 22:43:24 +00003383 printf("%4d: E%d %.30s", lnum, errno, msg)
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003384< May result in:
Bram Moolenaar5a8684e2005-07-30 22:43:24 +00003385 " 99: E42 asdfasdfasdfasdfasdfasdfasdfas" ~
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003386
3387 Often used items are:
3388 %s string
3389 %6s string right-aligned in 6 characters
Bram Moolenaar5a8684e2005-07-30 22:43:24 +00003390 %c single byte
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003391 %d decimal number
3392 %5d decimal number padded with spaces to 5 characters
3393 %x hex number
3394 %04x hex number padded with zeros to at least 4 characters
3395 %X hex number using upper case letters
3396 %o octal number
3397 %% the % character
3398
3399 Conversion specifications start with '%' and end with the
3400 conversion type. All other characters are copied unchanged to
3401 the result.
3402
3403 The "%" starts a conversion specification. The following
Bram Moolenaar5a8684e2005-07-30 22:43:24 +00003404 arguments appear in sequence:
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003405
Bram Moolenaar5a8684e2005-07-30 22:43:24 +00003406 % [flags] [field-width] [.precision] type
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003407
Bram Moolenaar5a8684e2005-07-30 22:43:24 +00003408 flags
3409 Zero or more of the following flags:
3410
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003411 # The value should be converted to an "alternate
3412 form". For c, d, and s conversions, this option
3413 has no effect. For o conversions, the precision
3414 of the number is increased to force the first
3415 character of the output string to a zero (except
3416 if a zero value is printed with an explicit
3417 precision of zero).
3418 For x and X conversions, a non-zero result has
3419 the string "0x" (or "0X" for X conversions)
3420 prepended to it.
Bram Moolenaar5a8684e2005-07-30 22:43:24 +00003421
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003422 0 (zero) Zero padding. For all conversions the converted
3423 value is padded on the left with zeros rather
3424 than blanks. If a precision is given with a
3425 numeric conversion (d, o, x, and X), the 0 flag
3426 is ignored.
Bram Moolenaar5a8684e2005-07-30 22:43:24 +00003427
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003428 - A negative field width flag; the converted value
3429 is to be left adjusted on the field boundary.
3430 The converted value is padded on the right with
3431 blanks, rather than on the left with blanks or
3432 zeros. A - overrides a 0 if both are given.
Bram Moolenaar5a8684e2005-07-30 22:43:24 +00003433
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003434 ' ' (space) A blank should be left before a positive
3435 number produced by a signed conversion (d).
Bram Moolenaar5a8684e2005-07-30 22:43:24 +00003436
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003437 + A sign must always be placed before a number
3438 produced by a signed conversion. A + overrides
3439 a space if both are used.
Bram Moolenaar5a8684e2005-07-30 22:43:24 +00003440
3441 field-width
3442 An optional decimal digit string specifying a minimum
3443 field width. If the converted value has fewer
3444 characters than the field width, it will be padded
3445 with spaces on the left (or right, if the
3446 left-adjustment flag has been given) to fill out the
3447 field width.
3448
3449 .precision
3450 An optional precision, in the form of a period '.'
3451 followed by an optional digit string. If the digit
3452 string is omitted, the precision is taken as zero.
3453 This gives the minimum number of digits to appear for
3454 d, o, x, and X conversions, or the maximum number of
3455 characters to be printed from a string for s
3456 conversions.
3457
3458 type
3459 A character that specifies the type of conversion to
3460 be applied, see below.
3461
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003462 A field width or precision, or both, may be indicated by an
3463 asterisk '*' instead of a digit string. In this case, a
3464 Number argument supplies the field width or precision. A
3465 negative field width is treated as a left adjustment flag
3466 followed by a positive field width; a negative precision is
3467 treated as though it were missing. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar5a8684e2005-07-30 22:43:24 +00003468 :echo printf("%d: %.*s", nr, width, line)
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003469< This limits the length of the text used from "line" to
Bram Moolenaar5a8684e2005-07-30 22:43:24 +00003470 "width" bytes.
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003471
3472 The conversion specifiers and their meanings are:
Bram Moolenaar5a8684e2005-07-30 22:43:24 +00003473
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003474 doxX The Number argument is converted to signed decimal
3475 (d), unsigned octal (o), or unsigned hexadecimal (x
3476 and X) notation. The letters "abcdef" are used for
3477 x conversions; the letters "ABCDEF" are used for X
Bram Moolenaar5a8684e2005-07-30 22:43:24 +00003478 conversions.
3479 The precision, if any, gives the minimum number of
3480 digits that must appear; if the converted value
3481 requires fewer digits, it is padded on the left with
3482 zeros.
3483 In no case does a non-existent or small field width
3484 cause truncation of a numeric field; if the result of
3485 a conversion is wider than the field width, the field
3486 is expanded to contain the conversion result.
3487
3488 c The Number argument is converted to a byte, and the
3489 resulting character is written.
3490
3491 s The text of the String argument is used. If a
3492 precision is specified, no more bytes than the number
3493 specified are used.
3494
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003495 % A '%' is written. No argument is converted. The
3496 complete conversion specification is "%%".
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003497
Bram Moolenaar5a8684e2005-07-30 22:43:24 +00003498 Each argument can be Number or String and is converted
3499 automatically to fit the conversion specifier. Any other
3500 argument type results in an error message.
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003501
Bram Moolenaar83bab712005-08-01 21:58:57 +00003502 *E766* *E767*
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003503 The number of {exprN} arguments must exactly match the number
3504 of "%" items. If there are not sufficient or too many
Bram Moolenaar5a8684e2005-07-30 22:43:24 +00003505 arguments an error is given. Up to 18 arguments can be used.
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003506
3507
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003508prevnonblank({lnum}) *prevnonblank()*
3509 Return the line number of the first line at or above {lnum}
3510 that is not blank. Example: >
3511 let ind = indent(prevnonblank(v:lnum - 1))
3512< When {lnum} is invalid or there is no non-blank line at or
3513 above it, zero is returned.
3514 Also see |nextnonblank()|.
3515
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00003516 *E726* *E727*
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003517range({expr} [, {max} [, {stride}]]) *range()*
3518 Returns a List with Numbers:
3519 - If only {expr} is specified: [0, 1, ..., {expr} - 1]
3520 - If {max} is specified: [{expr}, {expr} + 1, ..., {max}]
3521 - If {stride} is specified: [{expr}, {expr} + {stride}, ...,
3522 {max}] (increasing {expr} with {stride} each time, not
3523 producing a value past {max}).
Bram Moolenaare7566042005-06-17 22:00:15 +00003524 When the maximum is one before the start the result is an
3525 empty list. When the maximum is more than one before the
3526 start this is an error.
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003527 Examples: >
3528 range(4) " [0, 1, 2, 3]
3529 range(2, 4) " [2, 3, 4]
3530 range(2, 9, 3) " [2, 5, 8]
3531 range(2, -2, -1) " [2, 1, 0, -1, -2]
Bram Moolenaare7566042005-06-17 22:00:15 +00003532 range(0) " []
3533 range(2, 0) " error!
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003534<
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00003535 *readfile()*
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00003536readfile({fname} [, {binary} [, {max}]])
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00003537 Read file {fname} and return a List, each line of the file as
3538 an item. Lines broken at NL characters. Macintosh files
3539 separated with CR will result in a single long line (unless a
3540 NL appears somewhere).
3541 When {binary} is equal to "b" binary mode is used:
3542 - When the last line ends in a NL an extra empty list item is
3543 added.
3544 - No CR characters are removed.
3545 Otherwise:
3546 - CR characters that appear before a NL are removed.
3547 - Whether the last line ends in a NL or not does not matter.
3548 All NUL characters are replaced with a NL character.
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00003549 When {max} is given this specifies the maximum number of lines
3550 to be read. Useful if you only want to check the first ten
3551 lines of a file: >
3552 :for line in readfile(fname, '', 10)
3553 : if line =~ 'Date' | echo line | endif
3554 :endfor
Bram Moolenaar582fd852005-03-28 20:58:01 +00003555< When {max} is negative -{max} lines from the end of the file
3556 are returned, or as many as there are.
3557 When {max} is zero the result is an empty list.
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00003558 Note that without {max} the whole file is read into memory.
3559 Also note that there is no recognition of encoding. Read a
3560 file into a buffer if you need to.
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00003561 When the file can't be opened an error message is given and
3562 the result is an empty list.
3563 Also see |writefile()|.
3564
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003565 *remote_expr()* *E449*
3566remote_expr({server}, {string} [, {idvar}])
3567 Send the {string} to {server}. The string is sent as an
3568 expression and the result is returned after evaluation.
3569 If {idvar} is present, it is taken as the name of a
3570 variable and a {serverid} for later use with
3571 remote_read() is stored there.
3572 See also |clientserver| |RemoteReply|.
3573 This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3574 {only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
3575 Note: Any errors will cause a local error message to be issued
3576 and the result will be the empty string.
3577 Examples: >
3578 :echo remote_expr("gvim", "2+2")
3579 :echo remote_expr("gvim1", "b:current_syntax")
3580<
3581
3582remote_foreground({server}) *remote_foreground()*
3583 Move the Vim server with the name {server} to the foreground.
3584 This works like: >
3585 remote_expr({server}, "foreground()")
3586< Except that on Win32 systems the client does the work, to work
3587 around the problem that the OS doesn't always allow the server
3588 to bring itself to the foreground.
3589 This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3590 {only in the Win32, Athena, Motif and GTK GUI versions and the
3591 Win32 console version}
3592
3593
3594remote_peek({serverid} [, {retvar}]) *remote_peek()*
3595 Returns a positive number if there are available strings
3596 from {serverid}. Copies any reply string into the variable
3597 {retvar} if specified. {retvar} must be a string with the
3598 name of a variable.
3599 Returns zero if none are available.
3600 Returns -1 if something is wrong.
3601 See also |clientserver|.
3602 This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3603 {only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
3604 Examples: >
3605 :let repl = ""
3606 :echo "PEEK: ".remote_peek(id, "repl").": ".repl
3607
3608remote_read({serverid}) *remote_read()*
3609 Return the oldest available reply from {serverid} and consume
3610 it. It blocks until a reply is available.
3611 See also |clientserver|.
3612 This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3613 {only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
3614 Example: >
3615 :echo remote_read(id)
3616<
3617 *remote_send()* *E241*
3618remote_send({server}, {string} [, {idvar}])
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003619 Send the {string} to {server}. The string is sent as input
3620 keys and the function returns immediately. At the Vim server
3621 the keys are not mapped |:map|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003622 If {idvar} is present, it is taken as the name of a
3623 variable and a {serverid} for later use with
3624 remote_read() is stored there.
3625 See also |clientserver| |RemoteReply|.
3626 This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3627 {only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
3628 Note: Any errors will be reported in the server and may mess
3629 up the display.
3630 Examples: >
3631 :echo remote_send("gvim", ":DropAndReply ".file, "serverid").
3632 \ remote_read(serverid)
3633
3634 :autocmd NONE RemoteReply *
3635 \ echo remote_read(expand("<amatch>"))
3636 :echo remote_send("gvim", ":sleep 10 | echo ".
3637 \ 'server2client(expand("<client>"), "HELLO")<CR>')
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00003638<
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00003639remove({list}, {idx} [, {end}]) *remove()*
3640 Without {end}: Remove the item at {idx} from List {list} and
3641 return it.
3642 With {end}: Remove items from {idx} to {end} (inclusive) and
3643 return a list with these items. When {idx} points to the same
3644 item as {end} a list with one item is returned. When {end}
3645 points to an item before {idx} this is an error.
3646 See |list-index| for possible values of {idx} and {end}.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00003647 Example: >
3648 :echo "last item: " . remove(mylist, -1)
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00003649 :call remove(mylist, 0, 9)
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003650remove({dict}, {key})
3651 Remove the entry from {dict} with key {key}. Example: >
3652 :echo "removed " . remove(dict, "one")
3653< If there is no {key} in {dict} this is an error.
3654
3655 Use |delete()| to remove a file.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00003656
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003657rename({from}, {to}) *rename()*
3658 Rename the file by the name {from} to the name {to}. This
3659 should also work to move files across file systems. The
3660 result is a Number, which is 0 if the file was renamed
3661 successfully, and non-zero when the renaming failed.
3662 This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3663
Bram Moolenaarab79bcb2004-07-18 21:34:53 +00003664repeat({expr}, {count}) *repeat()*
3665 Repeat {expr} {count} times and return the concatenated
3666 result. Example: >
3667 :let seperator = repeat('-', 80)
3668< When {count} is zero or negative the result is empty.
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00003669 When {expr} is a List the result is {expr} concatenated
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00003670 {count} times. Example: >
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00003671 :let longlist = repeat(['a', 'b'], 3)
3672< Results in ['a', 'b', 'a', 'b', 'a', 'b'].
Bram Moolenaarab79bcb2004-07-18 21:34:53 +00003673
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00003674
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003675resolve({filename}) *resolve()* *E655*
3676 On MS-Windows, when {filename} is a shortcut (a .lnk file),
3677 returns the path the shortcut points to in a simplified form.
3678 On Unix, repeat resolving symbolic links in all path
3679 components of {filename} and return the simplified result.
3680 To cope with link cycles, resolving of symbolic links is
3681 stopped after 100 iterations.
3682 On other systems, return the simplified {filename}.
3683 The simplification step is done as by |simplify()|.
3684 resolve() keeps a leading path component specifying the
3685 current directory (provided the result is still a relative
3686 path name) and also keeps a trailing path separator.
3687
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00003688 *reverse()*
3689reverse({list}) Reverse the order of items in {list} in-place. Returns
3690 {list}.
3691 If you want a list to remain unmodified make a copy first: >
3692 :let revlist = reverse(copy(mylist))
3693
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003694search({pattern} [, {flags}]) *search()*
3695 Search for regexp pattern {pattern}. The search starts at the
Bram Moolenaar383f9bc2005-01-19 22:18:32 +00003696 cursor position (you can use |cursor()| to set it).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003697 {flags} is a String, which can contain these character flags:
3698 'b' search backward instead of forward
Bram Moolenaar5eb86f92004-07-26 12:53:41 +00003699 'n' do Not move the cursor
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003700 'w' wrap around the end of the file
3701 'W' don't wrap around the end of the file
Bram Moolenaar02743632005-07-25 20:42:36 +00003702 's' set the ' mark at the previous location of the
3703 cursor.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003704 If neither 'w' or 'W' is given, the 'wrapscan' option applies.
3705
Bram Moolenaar02743632005-07-25 20:42:36 +00003706 If the 's' flag is supplied, the ' mark is set, only if the
3707 cursor is moved. The 's' flag cannot be combined with the 'n'
3708 flag.
3709
Bram Moolenaar5eb86f92004-07-26 12:53:41 +00003710 When a match has been found its line number is returned.
3711 The cursor will be positioned at the match, unless the 'n'
3712 flag is used).
3713 If there is no match a 0 is returned and the cursor doesn't
3714 move. No error message is given.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003715
3716 Example (goes over all files in the argument list): >
3717 :let n = 1
3718 :while n <= argc() " loop over all files in arglist
3719 : exe "argument " . n
3720 : " start at the last char in the file and wrap for the
3721 : " first search to find match at start of file
3722 : normal G$
3723 : let flags = "w"
3724 : while search("foo", flags) > 0
3725 : s/foo/bar/g
3726 : let flags = "W"
3727 : endwhile
3728 : update " write the file if modified
3729 : let n = n + 1
3730 :endwhile
3731<
Bram Moolenaar92d640f2005-09-05 22:11:52 +00003732
3733searchdecl({name} [, {global}]) *searchdecl()*
3734 Search for the declaration of {name}. Without {global} or
3735 with a zero {global} argument this works like |gd|. With a
3736 non-zero {global} argument it works like |gD|.
3737 Moves the cursor to the found match.
3738 Returns zero for success, non-zero for failure.
3739 Example: >
3740 if searchdecl('myvar') == 0
3741 echo getline('.')
3742 endif
3743<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003744 *searchpair()*
3745searchpair({start}, {middle}, {end} [, {flags} [, {skip}]])
3746 Search for the match of a nested start-end pair. This can be
3747 used to find the "endif" that matches an "if", while other
3748 if/endif pairs in between are ignored.
3749 The search starts at the cursor. If a match is found, the
3750 cursor is positioned at it and the line number is returned.
3751 If no match is found 0 or -1 is returned and the cursor
3752 doesn't move. No error message is given.
3753
3754 {start}, {middle} and {end} are patterns, see |pattern|. They
3755 must not contain \( \) pairs. Use of \%( \) is allowed. When
3756 {middle} is not empty, it is found when searching from either
3757 direction, but only when not in a nested start-end pair. A
3758 typical use is: >
3759 searchpair('\<if\>', '\<else\>', '\<endif\>')
3760< By leaving {middle} empty the "else" is skipped.
3761
3762 {flags} are used like with |search()|. Additionally:
3763 'n' do Not move the cursor
3764 'r' Repeat until no more matches found; will find the
3765 outer pair
3766 'm' return number of Matches instead of line number with
3767 the match; will only be > 1 when 'r' is used.
3768
3769 When a match for {start}, {middle} or {end} is found, the
3770 {skip} expression is evaluated with the cursor positioned on
3771 the start of the match. It should return non-zero if this
3772 match is to be skipped. E.g., because it is inside a comment
3773 or a string.
3774 When {skip} is omitted or empty, every match is accepted.
3775 When evaluating {skip} causes an error the search is aborted
3776 and -1 returned.
3777
3778 The value of 'ignorecase' is used. 'magic' is ignored, the
3779 patterns are used like it's on.
3780
3781 The search starts exactly at the cursor. A match with
3782 {start}, {middle} or {end} at the next character, in the
3783 direction of searching, is the first one found. Example: >
3784 if 1
3785 if 2
3786 endif 2
3787 endif 1
3788< When starting at the "if 2", with the cursor on the "i", and
3789 searching forwards, the "endif 2" is found. When starting on
3790 the character just before the "if 2", the "endif 1" will be
3791 found. That's because the "if 2" will be found first, and
3792 then this is considered to be a nested if/endif from "if 2" to
3793 "endif 2".
3794 When searching backwards and {end} is more than one character,
3795 it may be useful to put "\zs" at the end of the pattern, so
3796 that when the cursor is inside a match with the end it finds
3797 the matching start.
3798
3799 Example, to find the "endif" command in a Vim script: >
3800
3801 :echo searchpair('\<if\>', '\<el\%[seif]\>', '\<en\%[dif]\>', 'W',
3802 \ 'getline(".") =~ "^\\s*\""')
3803
3804< The cursor must be at or after the "if" for which a match is
3805 to be found. Note that single-quote strings are used to avoid
3806 having to double the backslashes. The skip expression only
3807 catches comments at the start of a line, not after a command.
3808 Also, a word "en" or "if" halfway a line is considered a
3809 match.
3810 Another example, to search for the matching "{" of a "}": >
3811
3812 :echo searchpair('{', '', '}', 'bW')
3813
3814< This works when the cursor is at or before the "}" for which a
3815 match is to be found. To reject matches that syntax
3816 highlighting recognized as strings: >
3817
3818 :echo searchpair('{', '', '}', 'bW',
3819 \ 'synIDattr(synID(line("."), col("."), 0), "name") =~? "string"')
3820<
3821server2client( {clientid}, {string}) *server2client()*
3822 Send a reply string to {clientid}. The most recent {clientid}
3823 that sent a string can be retrieved with expand("<client>").
3824 {only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
3825 Note:
3826 This id has to be stored before the next command can be
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00003827 received. I.e. before returning from the received command and
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003828 before calling any commands that waits for input.
3829 See also |clientserver|.
3830 Example: >
3831 :echo server2client(expand("<client>"), "HELLO")
3832<
3833serverlist() *serverlist()*
3834 Return a list of available server names, one per line.
3835 When there are no servers or the information is not available
3836 an empty string is returned. See also |clientserver|.
3837 {only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
3838 Example: >
3839 :echo serverlist()
3840<
3841setbufvar({expr}, {varname}, {val}) *setbufvar()*
3842 Set option or local variable {varname} in buffer {expr} to
3843 {val}.
3844 This also works for a global or local window option, but it
3845 doesn't work for a global or local window variable.
3846 For a local window option the global value is unchanged.
3847 For the use of {expr}, see |bufname()| above.
3848 Note that the variable name without "b:" must be used.
3849 Examples: >
3850 :call setbufvar(1, "&mod", 1)
3851 :call setbufvar("todo", "myvar", "foobar")
3852< This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3853
3854setcmdpos({pos}) *setcmdpos()*
3855 Set the cursor position in the command line to byte position
3856 {pos}. The first position is 1.
3857 Use |getcmdpos()| to obtain the current position.
3858 Only works while editing the command line, thus you must use
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003859 |c_CTRL-\_e|, |c_CTRL-R_=| or |c_CTRL-R_CTRL-R| with '='. For
3860 |c_CTRL-\_e| and |c_CTRL-R_CTRL-R| with '=' the position is
3861 set after the command line is set to the expression. For
3862 |c_CTRL-R_=| it is set after evaluating the expression but
3863 before inserting the resulting text.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003864 When the number is too big the cursor is put at the end of the
3865 line. A number smaller than one has undefined results.
3866 Returns 0 when successful, 1 when not editing the command
3867 line.
3868
3869setline({lnum}, {line}) *setline()*
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00003870 Set line {lnum} of the current buffer to {line}.
3871 {lnum} is used like with |getline()|.
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00003872 When {lnum} is just below the last line the {line} will be
3873 added as a new line.
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00003874 If this succeeds, 0 is returned. If this fails (most likely
3875 because {lnum} is invalid) 1 is returned. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003876 :call setline(5, strftime("%c"))
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00003877< When {line} is a List then line {lnum} and following lines
3878 will be set to the items in the list. Example: >
3879 :call setline(5, ['aaa', 'bbb', 'ccc'])
3880< This is equivalent to: >
3881 :for [n, l] in [[5, 6, 7], ['aaa', 'bbb', 'ccc']]
3882 : call setline(n, l)
3883 :endfor
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003884< Note: The '[ and '] marks are not set.
3885
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00003886
Bram Moolenaar35c54e52005-05-20 21:25:31 +00003887setqflist({list} [, {action}]) *setqflist()*
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00003888 Creates a quickfix list using the items in {list}. Each item
3889 in {list} is a dictionary. Non-dictionary items in {list} are
3890 ignored. Each dictionary item can contain the following
3891 entries:
3892
3893 filename name of a file
3894 lnum line number in the file
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00003895 pattern search pattern used to locate the error
Bram Moolenaar582fd852005-03-28 20:58:01 +00003896 col column number
3897 vcol when non-zero: "col" is visual column
3898 when zero: "col" is byte index
3899 nr error number
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00003900 text description of the error
Bram Moolenaar582fd852005-03-28 20:58:01 +00003901 type single-character error type, 'E', 'W', etc.
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00003902
Bram Moolenaar582fd852005-03-28 20:58:01 +00003903 The "col", "vcol", "nr", "type" and "text" entries are
3904 optional. Either "lnum" or "pattern" entry can be used to
3905 locate a matching error line.
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00003906 If the "filename" entry is not present or neither the "lnum"
3907 or "pattern" entries are present, then the item will not be
3908 handled as an error line.
3909 If both "pattern" and "lnum" are present then "pattern" will
3910 be used.
3911
Bram Moolenaar35c54e52005-05-20 21:25:31 +00003912 If {action} is set to 'a', then the items from {list} are
3913 added to the existing quickfix list. If there is no existing
3914 list, then a new list is created. If {action} is set to 'r',
3915 then the items from the current quickfix list are replaced
3916 with the items from {list}. If {action} is not present or is
3917 set to ' ', then a new list is created.
3918
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00003919 Returns zero for success, -1 for failure.
3920
3921 This function can be used to create a quickfix list
3922 independent of the 'errorformat' setting. Use a command like
3923 ":cc 1" to jump to the first position.
3924
3925
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003926 *setreg()*
3927setreg({regname}, {value} [,{options}])
3928 Set the register {regname} to {value}.
3929 If {options} contains "a" or {regname} is upper case,
3930 then the value is appended.
3931 {options} can also contains a register type specification:
3932 "c" or "v" |characterwise| mode
3933 "l" or "V" |linewise| mode
3934 "b" or "<CTRL-V>" |blockwise-visual| mode
3935 If a number immediately follows "b" or "<CTRL-V>" then this is
3936 used as the width of the selection - if it is not specified
3937 then the width of the block is set to the number of characters
3938 in the longest line (counting a <TAB> as 1 character).
3939
3940 If {options} contains no register settings, then the default
3941 is to use character mode unless {value} ends in a <NL>.
3942 Setting the '=' register is not possible.
3943 Returns zero for success, non-zero for failure.
3944
3945 Examples: >
3946 :call setreg(v:register, @*)
3947 :call setreg('*', @%, 'ac')
3948 :call setreg('a', "1\n2\n3", 'b5')
3949
3950< This example shows using the functions to save and restore a
3951 register. >
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00003952 :let var_a = getreg('a', 1)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003953 :let var_amode = getregtype('a')
3954 ....
3955 :call setreg('a', var_a, var_amode)
3956
3957< You can also change the type of a register by appending
3958 nothing: >
3959 :call setreg('a', '', 'al')
3960
3961setwinvar({nr}, {varname}, {val}) *setwinvar()*
3962 Set option or local variable {varname} in window {nr} to
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003963 {val}. When {nr} is zero the current window is used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003964 This also works for a global or local buffer option, but it
3965 doesn't work for a global or local buffer variable.
3966 For a local buffer option the global value is unchanged.
3967 Note that the variable name without "w:" must be used.
3968 Examples: >
3969 :call setwinvar(1, "&list", 0)
3970 :call setwinvar(2, "myvar", "foobar")
3971< This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3972
3973simplify({filename}) *simplify()*
3974 Simplify the file name as much as possible without changing
3975 the meaning. Shortcuts (on MS-Windows) or symbolic links (on
3976 Unix) are not resolved. If the first path component in
3977 {filename} designates the current directory, this will be
3978 valid for the result as well. A trailing path separator is
3979 not removed either.
3980 Example: >
3981 simplify("./dir/.././/file/") == "./file/"
3982< Note: The combination "dir/.." is only removed if "dir" is
3983 a searchable directory or does not exist. On Unix, it is also
3984 removed when "dir" is a symbolic link within the same
3985 directory. In order to resolve all the involved symbolic
3986 links before simplifying the path name, use |resolve()|.
3987
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00003988
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00003989sort({list} [, {func}]) *sort()* *E702*
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00003990 Sort the items in {list} in-place. Returns {list}. If you
3991 want a list to remain unmodified make a copy first: >
3992 :let sortedlist = sort(copy(mylist))
3993< Uses the string representation of each item to sort on.
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003994 Numbers sort after Strings, Lists after Numbers.
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00003995 For sorting text in the current buffer use |:sort|.
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00003996 When {func} is given and it is one then case is ignored.
3997 When {func} is a Funcref or a function name, this function is
3998 called to compare items. The function is invoked with two
3999 items as argument and must return zero if they are equal, 1 if
4000 the first one sorts after the second one, -1 if the first one
4001 sorts before the second one. Example: >
4002 func MyCompare(i1, i2)
4003 return a:i1 == a:i2 ? 0 : a:i1 > a:i2 ? 1 : -1
4004 endfunc
4005 let sortedlist = sort(mylist, "MyCompare")
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00004006<
4007
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00004008 *soundfold()*
4009soundfold({word})
4010 Return the sound-folded equivalent of {word}. Uses the first
4011 language in 'spellang' for the current window that supports
Bram Moolenaar42eeac32005-06-29 22:40:58 +00004012 soundfolding. 'spell' must be set. When no sound folding is
4013 possible the {word} is returned unmodified.
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00004014 This can be used for making spelling suggestions. Note that
4015 the method can be quite slow.
4016
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00004017 *spellbadword()*
4018spellbadword() Return the badly spelled word under or after the cursor.
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00004019 The cursor is moved to the start of the bad word.
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00004020 When no bad word is found in the cursor line an empty String
4021 is returned and the cursor doesn't move.
4022
4023 *spellsuggest()*
4024spellsuggest({word} [, {max}])
4025 Return a List with spelling suggestions to replace {word}.
4026 When {max} is given up to this number of suggestions are
4027 returned. Otherwise up to 25 suggestions are returned.
4028
4029 {word} can be a badly spelled word followed by other text.
4030 This allows for joining two words that were split. The
Bram Moolenaarf461c8e2005-06-25 23:04:51 +00004031 suggestions also include the following text, thus you can
4032 replace a line.
4033
4034 {word} may also be a good word. Similar words will then be
4035 returned. {word} itself is also included, most likely as the
4036 first entry, thus this can be used to check spelling.
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00004037
4038 The spelling information for the current window is used. The
Bram Moolenaar42eeac32005-06-29 22:40:58 +00004039 'spell' option must be set and the values of 'spelllang' and
4040 'spellsuggest' are used.
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00004041
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00004042
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00004043split({expr} [, {pattern} [, {keepempty}]]) *split()*
4044 Make a List out of {expr}. When {pattern} is omitted or empty
4045 each white-separated sequence of characters becomes an item.
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00004046 Otherwise the string is split where {pattern} matches,
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00004047 removing the matched characters.
4048 When the first or last item is empty it is omitted, unless the
4049 {keepempty} argument is given and it's non-zero.
Bram Moolenaar5c06f8b2005-05-31 22:14:58 +00004050 Other empty items are kept when {pattern} matches at least one
4051 character or when {keepempty} is non-zero.
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00004052 Example: >
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00004053 :let words = split(getline('.'), '\W\+')
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00004054< To split a string in individual characters: >
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00004055 :for c in split(mystring, '\zs')
Bram Moolenaar0cb032e2005-04-23 20:52:00 +00004056< If you want to keep the separator you can also use '\zs': >
4057 :echo split('abc:def:ghi', ':\zs')
4058< ['abc:', 'def:', 'ghi'] ~
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00004059 Splitting a table where the first element can be empty: >
4060 :let items = split(line, ':', 1)
4061< The opposite function is |join()|.
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00004062
4063
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004064strftime({format} [, {time}]) *strftime()*
4065 The result is a String, which is a formatted date and time, as
4066 specified by the {format} string. The given {time} is used,
4067 or the current time if no time is given. The accepted
4068 {format} depends on your system, thus this is not portable!
4069 See the manual page of the C function strftime() for the
4070 format. The maximum length of the result is 80 characters.
4071 See also |localtime()| and |getftime()|.
4072 The language can be changed with the |:language| command.
4073 Examples: >
4074 :echo strftime("%c") Sun Apr 27 11:49:23 1997
4075 :echo strftime("%Y %b %d %X") 1997 Apr 27 11:53:25
4076 :echo strftime("%y%m%d %T") 970427 11:53:55
4077 :echo strftime("%H:%M") 11:55
4078 :echo strftime("%c", getftime("file.c"))
4079 Show mod time of file.c.
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00004080< Not available on all systems. To check use: >
4081 :if exists("*strftime")
4082
Bram Moolenaar8f999f12005-01-25 22:12:55 +00004083stridx({haystack}, {needle} [, {start}]) *stridx()*
4084 The result is a Number, which gives the byte index in
4085 {haystack} of the first occurrence of the String {needle}.
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00004086 If {start} is specified, the search starts at index {start}.
4087 This can be used to find a second match: >
4088 :let comma1 = stridx(line, ",")
4089 :let comma2 = stridx(line, ",", comma1 + 1)
4090< The search is done case-sensitive.
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +00004091 For pattern searches use |match()|.
Bram Moolenaar8f999f12005-01-25 22:12:55 +00004092 -1 is returned if the {needle} does not occur in {haystack}.
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00004093 See also |strridx()|.
4094 Examples: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004095 :echo stridx("An Example", "Example") 3
4096 :echo stridx("Starting point", "Start") 0
4097 :echo stridx("Starting point", "start") -1
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00004098< *strstr()* *strchr()*
4099 stridx() works similar to the C function strstr(). When used
4100 with a single character it works similar to strchr().
4101
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00004102 *string()*
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00004103string({expr}) Return {expr} converted to a String. If {expr} is a Number,
4104 String or a composition of them, then the result can be parsed
4105 back with |eval()|.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00004106 {expr} type result ~
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00004107 String 'string'
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00004108 Number 123
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00004109 Funcref function('name')
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00004110 List [item, item]
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00004111 Dictionary {key: value, key: value}
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00004112 Note that in String values the ' character is doubled.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00004113
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004114 *strlen()*
4115strlen({expr}) The result is a Number, which is the length of the String
Bram Moolenaare344bea2005-09-01 20:46:49 +00004116 {expr} in bytes.
4117 If you want to count the number of multi-byte characters (not
4118 counting composing characters) use something like this: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004119
4120 :let len = strlen(substitute(str, ".", "x", "g"))
Bram Moolenaare344bea2005-09-01 20:46:49 +00004121<
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00004122 If the argument is a Number it is first converted to a String.
4123 For other types an error is given.
4124 Also see |len()|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004125
4126strpart({src}, {start}[, {len}]) *strpart()*
4127 The result is a String, which is part of {src}, starting from
4128 byte {start}, with the length {len}.
4129 When non-existing bytes are included, this doesn't result in
4130 an error, the bytes are simply omitted.
4131 If {len} is missing, the copy continues from {start} till the
4132 end of the {src}. >
4133 strpart("abcdefg", 3, 2) == "de"
4134 strpart("abcdefg", -2, 4) == "ab"
4135 strpart("abcdefg", 5, 4) == "fg"
4136 strpart("abcdefg", 3) == "defg"
4137< Note: To get the first character, {start} must be 0. For
4138 example, to get three bytes under and after the cursor: >
4139 strpart(getline(line(".")), col(".") - 1, 3)
4140<
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00004141strridx({haystack}, {needle} [, {start}]) *strridx()*
4142 The result is a Number, which gives the byte index in
4143 {haystack} of the last occurrence of the String {needle}.
4144 When {start} is specified, matches beyond this index are
4145 ignored. This can be used to find a match before a previous
4146 match: >
4147 :let lastcomma = strridx(line, ",")
4148 :let comma2 = strridx(line, ",", lastcomma - 1)
4149< The search is done case-sensitive.
Bram Moolenaar8f999f12005-01-25 22:12:55 +00004150 For pattern searches use |match()|.
4151 -1 is returned if the {needle} does not occur in {haystack}.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00004152 If the {needle} is empty the length of {haystack} is returned.
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00004153 See also |stridx()|. Examples: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004154 :echo strridx("an angry armadillo", "an") 3
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00004155< *strrchr()*
4156 When used with a single character it works similar to the C
4157 function strrchr().
4158
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004159strtrans({expr}) *strtrans()*
4160 The result is a String, which is {expr} with all unprintable
4161 characters translated into printable characters |'isprint'|.
4162 Like they are shown in a window. Example: >
4163 echo strtrans(@a)
4164< This displays a newline in register a as "^@" instead of
4165 starting a new line.
4166
4167submatch({nr}) *submatch()*
4168 Only for an expression in a |:substitute| command. Returns
4169 the {nr}'th submatch of the matched text. When {nr} is 0
4170 the whole matched text is returned.
4171 Example: >
4172 :s/\d\+/\=submatch(0) + 1/
4173< This finds the first number in the line and adds one to it.
4174 A line break is included as a newline character.
4175
4176substitute({expr}, {pat}, {sub}, {flags}) *substitute()*
4177 The result is a String, which is a copy of {expr}, in which
4178 the first match of {pat} is replaced with {sub}. This works
4179 like the ":substitute" command (without any flags). But the
4180 matching with {pat} is always done like the 'magic' option is
4181 set and 'cpoptions' is empty (to make scripts portable).
4182 See |string-match| for how {pat} is used.
4183 And a "~" in {sub} is not replaced with the previous {sub}.
4184 Note that some codes in {sub} have a special meaning
4185 |sub-replace-special|. For example, to replace something with
4186 "\n" (two characters), use "\\\\n" or '\\n'.
4187 When {pat} does not match in {expr}, {expr} is returned
4188 unmodified.
4189 When {flags} is "g", all matches of {pat} in {expr} are
4190 replaced. Otherwise {flags} should be "".
4191 Example: >
4192 :let &path = substitute(&path, ",\\=[^,]*$", "", "")
4193< This removes the last component of the 'path' option. >
4194 :echo substitute("testing", ".*", "\\U\\0", "")
4195< results in "TESTING".
4196
Bram Moolenaar47136d72004-10-12 20:02:24 +00004197synID({lnum}, {col}, {trans}) *synID()*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004198 The result is a Number, which is the syntax ID at the position
Bram Moolenaar47136d72004-10-12 20:02:24 +00004199 {lnum} and {col} in the current window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004200 The syntax ID can be used with |synIDattr()| and
4201 |synIDtrans()| to obtain syntax information about text.
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004202
Bram Moolenaar47136d72004-10-12 20:02:24 +00004203 {col} is 1 for the leftmost column, {lnum} is 1 for the first
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004204 line. 'synmaxcol' applies, in a longer line zero is returned.
4205
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004206 When {trans} is non-zero, transparent items are reduced to the
4207 item that they reveal. This is useful when wanting to know
4208 the effective color. When {trans} is zero, the transparent
4209 item is returned. This is useful when wanting to know which
4210 syntax item is effective (e.g. inside parens).
4211 Warning: This function can be very slow. Best speed is
4212 obtained by going through the file in forward direction.
4213
4214 Example (echoes the name of the syntax item under the cursor): >
4215 :echo synIDattr(synID(line("."), col("."), 1), "name")
4216<
4217synIDattr({synID}, {what} [, {mode}]) *synIDattr()*
4218 The result is a String, which is the {what} attribute of
4219 syntax ID {synID}. This can be used to obtain information
4220 about a syntax item.
4221 {mode} can be "gui", "cterm" or "term", to get the attributes
4222 for that mode. When {mode} is omitted, or an invalid value is
4223 used, the attributes for the currently active highlighting are
4224 used (GUI, cterm or term).
4225 Use synIDtrans() to follow linked highlight groups.
4226 {what} result
4227 "name" the name of the syntax item
4228 "fg" foreground color (GUI: color name used to set
4229 the color, cterm: color number as a string,
4230 term: empty string)
4231 "bg" background color (like "fg")
4232 "fg#" like "fg", but for the GUI and the GUI is
4233 running the name in "#RRGGBB" form
4234 "bg#" like "fg#" for "bg"
4235 "bold" "1" if bold
4236 "italic" "1" if italic
4237 "reverse" "1" if reverse
4238 "inverse" "1" if inverse (= reverse)
4239 "underline" "1" if underlined
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +00004240 "undercurl" "1" if undercurled
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004241
4242 Example (echoes the color of the syntax item under the
4243 cursor): >
4244 :echo synIDattr(synIDtrans(synID(line("."), col("."), 1)), "fg")
4245<
4246synIDtrans({synID}) *synIDtrans()*
4247 The result is a Number, which is the translated syntax ID of
4248 {synID}. This is the syntax group ID of what is being used to
4249 highlight the character. Highlight links given with
4250 ":highlight link" are followed.
4251
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00004252system({expr} [, {input}]) *system()* *E677*
4253 Get the output of the shell command {expr}.
4254 When {input} is given, this string is written to a file and
4255 passed as stdin to the command. The string is written as-is,
4256 you need to take care of using the correct line separators
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00004257 yourself. Pipes are not used.
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00004258 Note: newlines in {expr} may cause the command to fail. The
4259 characters in 'shellquote' and 'shellxquote' may also cause
4260 trouble.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004261 This is not to be used for interactive commands.
4262 The result is a String. Example: >
4263
4264 :let files = system("ls")
4265
4266< To make the result more system-independent, the shell output
4267 is filtered to replace <CR> with <NL> for Macintosh, and
4268 <CR><NL> with <NL> for DOS-like systems.
4269 The command executed is constructed using several options:
4270 'shell' 'shellcmdflag' 'shellxquote' {expr} 'shellredir' {tmp} 'shellxquote'
4271 ({tmp} is an automatically generated file name).
4272 For Unix and OS/2 braces are put around {expr} to allow for
4273 concatenated commands.
4274
4275 The resulting error code can be found in |v:shell_error|.
4276 This function will fail in |restricted-mode|.
4277 Unlike ":!cmd" there is no automatic check for changed files.
4278 Use |:checktime| to force a check.
4279
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +00004280
4281taglist({expr}) *taglist()*
4282 Returns a list of tags matching the regular expression {expr}.
Bram Moolenaard8c00872005-07-22 21:52:15 +00004283 Each list item is a dictionary with at least the following
4284 entries:
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +00004285 name name of the tag.
4286 filename name of the file where the tag is
4287 defined.
4288 cmd Ex command used to locate the tag in
4289 the file.
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00004290 kind type of the tag. The value for this
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +00004291 entry depends on the language specific
4292 kind values generated by the ctags
4293 tool.
4294 static a file specific tag. Refer to
4295 |static-tag| for more information.
Bram Moolenaar4317d9b2005-03-18 20:25:31 +00004296 The "kind" entry is only available when using Exuberant ctags
4297 generated tags file. More entries may be present, depending
4298 on the content of the tags file: access, implementation,
4299 inherits and signature. Refer to the ctags documentation for
4300 information about these fields. For C code the fields
4301 "struct", "class" and "enum" may appear, they give the name of
4302 the entity the tag is contained in.
Bram Moolenaar5a8684e2005-07-30 22:43:24 +00004303
Bram Moolenaar4317d9b2005-03-18 20:25:31 +00004304 The ex-command 'cmd' can be either an ex search pattern, a
4305 line number or a line number followed by a byte number.
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +00004306
4307 If there are no matching tags, then an empty list is returned.
4308
4309 To get an exact tag match, the anchors '^' and '$' should be
4310 used in {expr}. Refer to |tag-regexp| for more information
4311 about the tag search regular expression pattern.
4312
4313 Refer to |'tags'| for information about how the tags file is
4314 located by Vim. Refer to |tags-file-format| for the format of
4315 the tags file generated by the different ctags tools.
4316
Bram Moolenaar578b49e2005-09-10 19:22:57 +00004317 *tagfiles()*
Bram Moolenaare7eb9df2005-09-09 19:49:30 +00004318tagfiles() Returns a List with the file names used to search for tags for
4319 the current buffer. This is the 'tags' option expanded.
4320
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +00004321
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004322tempname() *tempname()* *temp-file-name*
4323 The result is a String, which is the name of a file that
4324 doesn't exist. It can be used for a temporary file. The name
4325 is different for at least 26 consecutive calls. Example: >
4326 :let tmpfile = tempname()
4327 :exe "redir > " . tmpfile
4328< For Unix, the file will be in a private directory (only
4329 accessible by the current user) to avoid security problems
4330 (e.g., a symlink attack or other people reading your file).
4331 When Vim exits the directory and all files in it are deleted.
4332 For MS-Windows forward slashes are used when the 'shellslash'
4333 option is set or when 'shellcmdflag' starts with '-'.
4334
4335tolower({expr}) *tolower()*
4336 The result is a copy of the String given, with all uppercase
4337 characters turned into lowercase (just like applying |gu| to
4338 the string).
4339
4340toupper({expr}) *toupper()*
4341 The result is a copy of the String given, with all lowercase
4342 characters turned into uppercase (just like applying |gU| to
4343 the string).
4344
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00004345tr({src}, {fromstr}, {tostr}) *tr()*
4346 The result is a copy of the {src} string with all characters
4347 which appear in {fromstr} replaced by the character in that
4348 position in the {tostr} string. Thus the first character in
4349 {fromstr} is translated into the first character in {tostr}
4350 and so on. Exactly like the unix "tr" command.
4351 This code also deals with multibyte characters properly.
4352
4353 Examples: >
4354 echo tr("hello there", "ht", "HT")
4355< returns "Hello THere" >
4356 echo tr("<blob>", "<>", "{}")
4357< returns "{blob}"
4358
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00004359 *type()*
4360type({expr}) The result is a Number, depending on the type of {expr}:
Bram Moolenaar748bf032005-02-02 23:04:36 +00004361 Number: 0
4362 String: 1
4363 Funcref: 2
4364 List: 3
4365 Dictionary: 4
4366 To avoid the magic numbers it should be used this way: >
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00004367 :if type(myvar) == type(0)
4368 :if type(myvar) == type("")
4369 :if type(myvar) == type(function("tr"))
4370 :if type(myvar) == type([])
Bram Moolenaar748bf032005-02-02 23:04:36 +00004371 :if type(myvar) == type({})
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004372
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00004373values({dict}) *values()*
4374 Return a List with all the values of {dict}. The List is in
4375 arbitrary order.
4376
4377
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004378virtcol({expr}) *virtcol()*
4379 The result is a Number, which is the screen column of the file
4380 position given with {expr}. That is, the last screen position
4381 occupied by the character at that position, when the screen
4382 would be of unlimited width. When there is a <Tab> at the
4383 position, the returned Number will be the column at the end of
4384 the <Tab>. For example, for a <Tab> in column 1, with 'ts'
4385 set to 8, it returns 8.
4386 For the byte position use |col()|.
4387 When Virtual editing is active in the current mode, a position
4388 beyond the end of the line can be returned. |'virtualedit'|
4389 The accepted positions are:
4390 . the cursor position
4391 $ the end of the cursor line (the result is the
4392 number of displayed characters in the cursor line
4393 plus one)
4394 'x position of mark x (if the mark is not set, 0 is
4395 returned)
4396 Note that only marks in the current file can be used.
4397 Examples: >
4398 virtcol(".") with text "foo^Lbar", with cursor on the "^L", returns 5
4399 virtcol("$") with text "foo^Lbar", returns 9
4400 virtcol("'t") with text " there", with 't at 'h', returns 6
4401< The first column is 1. 0 is returned for an error.
4402
4403visualmode([expr]) *visualmode()*
4404 The result is a String, which describes the last Visual mode
4405 used. Initially it returns an empty string, but once Visual
4406 mode has been used, it returns "v", "V", or "<CTRL-V>" (a
4407 single CTRL-V character) for character-wise, line-wise, or
4408 block-wise Visual mode respectively.
4409 Example: >
4410 :exe "normal " . visualmode()
4411< This enters the same Visual mode as before. It is also useful
4412 in scripts if you wish to act differently depending on the
4413 Visual mode that was used.
4414
4415 If an expression is supplied that results in a non-zero number
4416 or a non-empty string, then the Visual mode will be cleared
4417 and the old value is returned. Note that " " and "0" are also
4418 non-empty strings, thus cause the mode to be cleared.
4419
4420 *winbufnr()*
4421winbufnr({nr}) The result is a Number, which is the number of the buffer
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00004422 associated with window {nr}. When {nr} is zero, the number of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004423 the buffer in the current window is returned. When window
4424 {nr} doesn't exist, -1 is returned.
4425 Example: >
4426 :echo "The file in the current window is " . bufname(winbufnr(0))
4427<
4428 *wincol()*
4429wincol() The result is a Number, which is the virtual column of the
4430 cursor in the window. This is counting screen cells from the
4431 left side of the window. The leftmost column is one.
4432
4433winheight({nr}) *winheight()*
4434 The result is a Number, which is the height of window {nr}.
4435 When {nr} is zero, the height of the current window is
4436 returned. When window {nr} doesn't exist, -1 is returned.
4437 An existing window always has a height of zero or more.
4438 Examples: >
4439 :echo "The current window has " . winheight(0) . " lines."
4440<
4441 *winline()*
4442winline() The result is a Number, which is the screen line of the cursor
4443 in the window. This is counting screen lines from the top of
4444 the window. The first line is one.
4445
4446 *winnr()*
Bram Moolenaar5eb86f92004-07-26 12:53:41 +00004447winnr([{arg}]) The result is a Number, which is the number of the current
4448 window. The top window has number 1.
4449 When the optional argument is "$", the number of the
4450 last window is returnd (the window count).
4451 When the optional argument is "#", the number of the last
4452 accessed window is returned (where |CTRL-W_p| goes to).
4453 If there is no previous window 0 is returned.
4454 The number can be used with |CTRL-W_w| and ":wincmd w"
4455 |:wincmd|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004456
4457 *winrestcmd()*
4458winrestcmd() Returns a sequence of |:resize| commands that should restore
4459 the current window sizes. Only works properly when no windows
4460 are opened or closed and the current window is unchanged.
4461 Example: >
4462 :let cmd = winrestcmd()
4463 :call MessWithWindowSizes()
4464 :exe cmd
4465
4466winwidth({nr}) *winwidth()*
4467 The result is a Number, which is the width of window {nr}.
4468 When {nr} is zero, the width of the current window is
4469 returned. When window {nr} doesn't exist, -1 is returned.
4470 An existing window always has a width of zero or more.
4471 Examples: >
4472 :echo "The current window has " . winwidth(0) . " columns."
4473 :if winwidth(0) <= 50
4474 : exe "normal 50\<C-W>|"
4475 :endif
4476<
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00004477 *writefile()*
4478writefile({list}, {fname} [, {binary}])
4479 Write List {list} to file {fname}. Each list item is
4480 separated with a NL. Each list item must be a String or
4481 Number.
4482 When {binary} is equal to "b" binary mode is used: There will
4483 not be a NL after the last list item. An empty item at the
4484 end does cause the last line in the file to end in a NL.
4485 All NL characters are replaced with a NUL character.
4486 Inserting CR characters needs to be done before passing {list}
4487 to writefile().
4488 An existing file is overwritten, if possible.
4489 When the write fails -1 is returned, otherwise 0. There is an
4490 error message if the file can't be created or when writing
4491 fails.
4492 Also see |readfile()|.
4493 To copy a file byte for byte: >
4494 :let fl = readfile("foo", "b")
4495 :call writefile(fl, "foocopy", "b")
4496<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004497
4498 *feature-list*
4499There are three types of features:
45001. Features that are only supported when they have been enabled when Vim
4501 was compiled |+feature-list|. Example: >
4502 :if has("cindent")
45032. Features that are only supported when certain conditions have been met.
4504 Example: >
4505 :if has("gui_running")
4506< *has-patch*
45073. Included patches. First check |v:version| for the version of Vim.
4508 Then the "patch123" feature means that patch 123 has been included for
4509 this version. Example (checking version 6.2.148 or later): >
4510 :if v:version > 602 || v:version == 602 && has("patch148")
4511
4512all_builtin_terms Compiled with all builtin terminals enabled.
4513amiga Amiga version of Vim.
4514arabic Compiled with Arabic support |Arabic|.
4515arp Compiled with ARP support (Amiga).
4516autocmd Compiled with autocommands support.
4517balloon_eval Compiled with |balloon-eval| support.
Bram Moolenaar45360022005-07-21 21:08:21 +00004518balloon_multiline GUI supports multiline balloons.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004519beos BeOS version of Vim.
4520browse Compiled with |:browse| support, and browse() will
4521 work.
4522builtin_terms Compiled with some builtin terminals.
4523byte_offset Compiled with support for 'o' in 'statusline'
4524cindent Compiled with 'cindent' support.
4525clientserver Compiled with remote invocation support |clientserver|.
4526clipboard Compiled with 'clipboard' support.
4527cmdline_compl Compiled with |cmdline-completion| support.
4528cmdline_hist Compiled with |cmdline-history| support.
4529cmdline_info Compiled with 'showcmd' and 'ruler' support.
4530comments Compiled with |'comments'| support.
4531cryptv Compiled with encryption support |encryption|.
4532cscope Compiled with |cscope| support.
4533compatible Compiled to be very Vi compatible.
4534debug Compiled with "DEBUG" defined.
4535dialog_con Compiled with console dialog support.
4536dialog_gui Compiled with GUI dialog support.
4537diff Compiled with |vimdiff| and 'diff' support.
4538digraphs Compiled with support for digraphs.
4539dnd Compiled with support for the "~ register |quote_~|.
4540dos32 32 bits DOS (DJGPP) version of Vim.
4541dos16 16 bits DOS version of Vim.
4542ebcdic Compiled on a machine with ebcdic character set.
4543emacs_tags Compiled with support for Emacs tags.
4544eval Compiled with expression evaluation support. Always
4545 true, of course!
4546ex_extra Compiled with extra Ex commands |+ex_extra|.
4547extra_search Compiled with support for |'incsearch'| and
4548 |'hlsearch'|
4549farsi Compiled with Farsi support |farsi|.
4550file_in_path Compiled with support for |gf| and |<cfile>|
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00004551filterpipe When 'shelltemp' is off pipes are used for shell
4552 read/write/filter commands
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004553find_in_path Compiled with support for include file searches
4554 |+find_in_path|.
4555fname_case Case in file names matters (for Amiga, MS-DOS, and
4556 Windows this is not present).
4557folding Compiled with |folding| support.
4558footer Compiled with GUI footer support. |gui-footer|
4559fork Compiled to use fork()/exec() instead of system().
4560gettext Compiled with message translation |multi-lang|
4561gui Compiled with GUI enabled.
4562gui_athena Compiled with Athena GUI.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004563gui_gtk Compiled with GTK+ GUI (any version).
4564gui_gtk2 Compiled with GTK+ 2 GUI (gui_gtk is also defined).
Bram Moolenaar843ee412004-06-30 16:16:41 +00004565gui_kde Compiled with KDE GUI |KVim|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004566gui_mac Compiled with Macintosh GUI.
4567gui_motif Compiled with Motif GUI.
4568gui_photon Compiled with Photon GUI.
4569gui_win32 Compiled with MS Windows Win32 GUI.
4570gui_win32s idem, and Win32s system being used (Windows 3.1)
4571gui_running Vim is running in the GUI, or it will start soon.
4572hangul_input Compiled with Hangul input support. |hangul|
4573iconv Can use iconv() for conversion.
4574insert_expand Compiled with support for CTRL-X expansion commands in
4575 Insert mode.
4576jumplist Compiled with |jumplist| support.
4577keymap Compiled with 'keymap' support.
4578langmap Compiled with 'langmap' support.
4579libcall Compiled with |libcall()| support.
4580linebreak Compiled with 'linebreak', 'breakat' and 'showbreak'
4581 support.
4582lispindent Compiled with support for lisp indenting.
4583listcmds Compiled with commands for the buffer list |:files|
4584 and the argument list |arglist|.
4585localmap Compiled with local mappings and abbr. |:map-local|
4586mac Macintosh version of Vim.
4587macunix Macintosh version of Vim, using Unix files (OS-X).
4588menu Compiled with support for |:menu|.
4589mksession Compiled with support for |:mksession|.
4590modify_fname Compiled with file name modifiers. |filename-modifiers|
4591mouse Compiled with support mouse.
4592mouseshape Compiled with support for 'mouseshape'.
4593mouse_dec Compiled with support for Dec terminal mouse.
4594mouse_gpm Compiled with support for gpm (Linux console mouse)
4595mouse_netterm Compiled with support for netterm mouse.
4596mouse_pterm Compiled with support for qnx pterm mouse.
4597mouse_xterm Compiled with support for xterm mouse.
4598multi_byte Compiled with support for editing Korean et al.
4599multi_byte_ime Compiled with support for IME input method.
4600multi_lang Compiled with support for multiple languages.
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00004601mzscheme Compiled with MzScheme interface |mzscheme|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004602netbeans_intg Compiled with support for |netbeans|.
Bram Moolenaar009b2592004-10-24 19:18:58 +00004603netbeans_enabled Compiled with support for |netbeans| and it's used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004604ole Compiled with OLE automation support for Win32.
4605os2 OS/2 version of Vim.
4606osfiletype Compiled with support for osfiletypes |+osfiletype|
4607path_extra Compiled with up/downwards search in 'path' and 'tags'
4608perl Compiled with Perl interface.
4609postscript Compiled with PostScript file printing.
4610printer Compiled with |:hardcopy| support.
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00004611profile Compiled with |:profile| support.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004612python Compiled with Python interface.
4613qnx QNX version of Vim.
4614quickfix Compiled with |quickfix| support.
4615rightleft Compiled with 'rightleft' support.
4616ruby Compiled with Ruby interface |ruby|.
4617scrollbind Compiled with 'scrollbind' support.
4618showcmd Compiled with 'showcmd' support.
4619signs Compiled with |:sign| support.
4620smartindent Compiled with 'smartindent' support.
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00004621sniff Compiled with SNiFF interface support.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004622statusline Compiled with support for 'statusline', 'rulerformat'
4623 and special formats of 'titlestring' and 'iconstring'.
4624sun_workshop Compiled with support for Sun |workshop|.
Bram Moolenaar82cf9b62005-06-07 21:09:25 +00004625spell Compiled with spell checking support |spell|.
4626syntax Compiled with syntax highlighting support |syntax|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004627syntax_items There are active syntax highlighting items for the
4628 current buffer.
4629system Compiled to use system() instead of fork()/exec().
4630tag_binary Compiled with binary searching in tags files
4631 |tag-binary-search|.
4632tag_old_static Compiled with support for old static tags
4633 |tag-old-static|.
4634tag_any_white Compiled with support for any white characters in tags
4635 files |tag-any-white|.
4636tcl Compiled with Tcl interface.
4637terminfo Compiled with terminfo instead of termcap.
4638termresponse Compiled with support for |t_RV| and |v:termresponse|.
4639textobjects Compiled with support for |text-objects|.
4640tgetent Compiled with tgetent support, able to use a termcap
4641 or terminfo file.
4642title Compiled with window title support |'title'|.
4643toolbar Compiled with support for |gui-toolbar|.
4644unix Unix version of Vim.
4645user_commands User-defined commands.
4646viminfo Compiled with viminfo support.
4647vim_starting True while initial source'ing takes place.
4648vertsplit Compiled with vertically split windows |:vsplit|.
4649virtualedit Compiled with 'virtualedit' option.
4650visual Compiled with Visual mode.
4651visualextra Compiled with extra Visual mode commands.
4652 |blockwise-operators|.
4653vms VMS version of Vim.
4654vreplace Compiled with |gR| and |gr| commands.
4655wildignore Compiled with 'wildignore' option.
4656wildmenu Compiled with 'wildmenu' option.
4657windows Compiled with support for more than one window.
4658winaltkeys Compiled with 'winaltkeys' option.
4659win16 Win16 version of Vim (MS-Windows 3.1).
4660win32 Win32 version of Vim (MS-Windows 95/98/ME/NT/2000/XP).
4661win64 Win64 version of Vim (MS-Windows 64 bit).
4662win32unix Win32 version of Vim, using Unix files (Cygwin)
4663win95 Win32 version for MS-Windows 95/98/ME.
4664writebackup Compiled with 'writebackup' default on.
4665xfontset Compiled with X fontset support |xfontset|.
4666xim Compiled with X input method support |xim|.
4667xsmp Compiled with X session management support.
4668xsmp_interact Compiled with interactive X session management support.
4669xterm_clipboard Compiled with support for xterm clipboard.
4670xterm_save Compiled with support for saving and restoring the
4671 xterm screen.
4672x11 Compiled with X11 support.
4673
4674 *string-match*
4675Matching a pattern in a String
4676
4677A regexp pattern as explained at |pattern| is normally used to find a match in
4678the buffer lines. When a pattern is used to find a match in a String, almost
4679everything works in the same way. The difference is that a String is handled
4680like it is one line. When it contains a "\n" character, this is not seen as a
4681line break for the pattern. It can be matched with a "\n" in the pattern, or
4682with ".". Example: >
4683 :let a = "aaaa\nxxxx"
4684 :echo matchstr(a, "..\n..")
4685 aa
4686 xx
4687 :echo matchstr(a, "a.x")
4688 a
4689 x
4690
4691Don't forget that "^" will only match at the first character of the String and
4692"$" at the last character of the string. They don't match after or before a
4693"\n".
4694
4695==============================================================================
46965. Defining functions *user-functions*
4697
4698New functions can be defined. These can be called just like builtin
4699functions. The function executes a sequence of Ex commands. Normal mode
4700commands can be executed with the |:normal| command.
4701
4702The function name must start with an uppercase letter, to avoid confusion with
4703builtin functions. To prevent from using the same name in different scripts
4704avoid obvious, short names. A good habit is to start the function name with
4705the name of the script, e.g., "HTMLcolor()".
4706
Bram Moolenaar92d640f2005-09-05 22:11:52 +00004707It's also possible to use curly braces, see |curly-braces-names|. And the
4708|autoload| facility is useful to define a function only when it's called.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004709
4710 *local-function*
4711A function local to a script must start with "s:". A local script function
4712can only be called from within the script and from functions, user commands
4713and autocommands defined in the script. It is also possible to call the
4714function from a mappings defined in the script, but then |<SID>| must be used
4715instead of "s:" when the mapping is expanded outside of the script.
4716
4717 *:fu* *:function* *E128* *E129* *E123*
4718:fu[nction] List all functions and their arguments.
4719
4720:fu[nction] {name} List function {name}.
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004721 {name} can also be a Dictionary entry that is a
4722 Funcref: >
4723 :function dict.init
Bram Moolenaar92d640f2005-09-05 22:11:52 +00004724
4725:fu[nction] /{pattern} List functions with a name matching {pattern}.
4726 Example that lists all functions ending with "File": >
4727 :function /File$
Bram Moolenaar5b8d8fd2005-08-16 23:01:50 +00004728<
4729 *:function-verbose*
4730When 'verbose' is non-zero, listing a function will also display where it was
4731last defined. Example: >
4732
4733 :verbose function SetFileTypeSH
4734 function SetFileTypeSH(name)
4735 Last set from /usr/share/vim/vim-7.0/filetype.vim
4736<
Bram Moolenaar8aff23a2005-08-19 20:40:30 +00004737See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
Bram Moolenaar5b8d8fd2005-08-16 23:01:50 +00004738
4739 *E124* *E125*
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00004740:fu[nction][!] {name}([arguments]) [range] [abort] [dict]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004741 Define a new function by the name {name}. The name
4742 must be made of alphanumeric characters and '_', and
4743 must start with a capital or "s:" (see above).
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004744
4745 {name} can also be a Dictionary entry that is a
4746 Funcref: >
4747 :function dict.init(arg)
4748< "dict" must be an existing dictionary. The entry
4749 "init" is added if it didn't exist yet. Otherwise [!]
4750 is required to overwrite an existing function. The
4751 result is a |Funcref| to a numbered function. The
4752 function can only be used with a |Funcref| and will be
4753 deleted if there are no more references to it.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004754 *E127* *E122*
4755 When a function by this name already exists and [!] is
4756 not used an error message is given. When [!] is used,
4757 an existing function is silently replaced. Unless it
4758 is currently being executed, that is an error.
Bram Moolenaar8f999f12005-01-25 22:12:55 +00004759
4760 For the {arguments} see |function-argument|.
4761
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004762 *a:firstline* *a:lastline*
4763 When the [range] argument is added, the function is
4764 expected to take care of a range itself. The range is
4765 passed as "a:firstline" and "a:lastline". If [range]
4766 is excluded, ":{range}call" will call the function for
4767 each line in the range, with the cursor on the start
4768 of each line. See |function-range-example|.
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004769
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004770 When the [abort] argument is added, the function will
4771 abort as soon as an error is detected.
4772 The last used search pattern and the redo command "."
4773 will not be changed by the function.
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004774
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00004775 When the [dict] argument is added, the function must
4776 be invoked through an entry in a Dictionary. The
4777 local variable "self" will then be set to the
4778 dictionary. See |Dictionary-function|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004779
4780 *:endf* *:endfunction* *E126* *E193*
4781:endf[unction] The end of a function definition. Must be on a line
4782 by its own, without other commands.
4783
4784 *:delf* *:delfunction* *E130* *E131*
4785:delf[unction] {name} Delete function {name}.
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004786 {name} can also be a Dictionary entry that is a
4787 Funcref: >
4788 :delfunc dict.init
4789< This will remove the "init" entry from "dict". The
4790 function is deleted if there are no more references to
4791 it.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004792 *:retu* *:return* *E133*
4793:retu[rn] [expr] Return from a function. When "[expr]" is given, it is
4794 evaluated and returned as the result of the function.
4795 If "[expr]" is not given, the number 0 is returned.
4796 When a function ends without an explicit ":return",
4797 the number 0 is returned.
4798 Note that there is no check for unreachable lines,
4799 thus there is no warning if commands follow ":return".
4800
4801 If the ":return" is used after a |:try| but before the
4802 matching |:finally| (if present), the commands
4803 following the ":finally" up to the matching |:endtry|
4804 are executed first. This process applies to all
4805 nested ":try"s inside the function. The function
4806 returns at the outermost ":endtry".
4807
Bram Moolenaar8f999f12005-01-25 22:12:55 +00004808 *function-argument* *a:var*
4809An argument can be defined by giving its name. In the function this can then
4810be used as "a:name" ("a:" for argument).
4811 *a:0* *a:1* *a:000* *E740*
4812Up to 20 arguments can be given, separated by commas. After the named
4813arguments an argument "..." can be specified, which means that more arguments
4814may optionally be following. In the function the extra arguments can be used
4815as "a:1", "a:2", etc. "a:0" is set to the number of extra arguments (which
Bram Moolenaar2ce06f62005-01-31 19:19:04 +00004816can be 0). "a:000" is set to a List that contains these arguments. Note that
4817"a:1" is the same as "a:000[0]".
4818 *E742*
4819The a: scope and the variables in it cannot be changed, they are fixed.
4820However, if a List or Dictionary is used, you can changes their contents.
4821Thus you can pass a List to a function and have the function add an item to
4822it. If you want to make sure the function cannot change a List or Dictionary
4823use |:lockvar|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004824
Bram Moolenaar8f999f12005-01-25 22:12:55 +00004825When not using "...", the number of arguments in a function call must be equal
4826to the number of named arguments. When using "...", the number of arguments
4827may be larger.
4828
4829It is also possible to define a function without any arguments. You must
4830still supply the () then. The body of the function follows in the next lines,
4831until the matching |:endfunction|. It is allowed to define another function
4832inside a function body.
4833
4834 *local-variables*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004835Inside a function variables can be used. These are local variables, which
4836will disappear when the function returns. Global variables need to be
4837accessed with "g:".
4838
4839Example: >
4840 :function Table(title, ...)
4841 : echohl Title
4842 : echo a:title
4843 : echohl None
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00004844 : echo a:0 . " items:"
4845 : for s in a:000
4846 : echon ' ' . s
4847 : endfor
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004848 :endfunction
4849
4850This function can then be called with: >
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00004851 call Table("Table", "line1", "line2")
4852 call Table("Empty Table")
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004853
4854To return more than one value, pass the name of a global variable: >
4855 :function Compute(n1, n2, divname)
4856 : if a:n2 == 0
4857 : return "fail"
4858 : endif
4859 : let g:{a:divname} = a:n1 / a:n2
4860 : return "ok"
4861 :endfunction
4862
4863This function can then be called with: >
4864 :let success = Compute(13, 1324, "div")
4865 :if success == "ok"
4866 : echo div
4867 :endif
4868
4869An alternative is to return a command that can be executed. This also works
4870with local variables in a calling function. Example: >
4871 :function Foo()
4872 : execute Bar()
4873 : echo "line " . lnum . " column " . col
4874 :endfunction
4875
4876 :function Bar()
4877 : return "let lnum = " . line(".") . " | let col = " . col(".")
4878 :endfunction
4879
4880The names "lnum" and "col" could also be passed as argument to Bar(), to allow
4881the caller to set the names.
4882
4883 *:cal* *:call* *E107*
4884:[range]cal[l] {name}([arguments])
4885 Call a function. The name of the function and its arguments
4886 are as specified with |:function|. Up to 20 arguments can be
4887 used.
4888 Without a range and for functions that accept a range, the
4889 function is called once. When a range is given the cursor is
4890 positioned at the start of the first line before executing the
4891 function.
4892 When a range is given and the function doesn't handle it
4893 itself, the function is executed for each line in the range,
4894 with the cursor in the first column of that line. The cursor
4895 is left at the last line (possibly moved by the last function
4896 call). The arguments are re-evaluated for each line. Thus
4897 this works:
4898 *function-range-example* >
4899 :function Mynumber(arg)
4900 : echo line(".") . " " . a:arg
4901 :endfunction
4902 :1,5call Mynumber(getline("."))
4903<
4904 The "a:firstline" and "a:lastline" are defined anyway, they
4905 can be used to do something different at the start or end of
4906 the range.
4907
4908 Example of a function that handles the range itself: >
4909
4910 :function Cont() range
4911 : execute (a:firstline + 1) . "," . a:lastline . 's/^/\t\\ '
4912 :endfunction
4913 :4,8call Cont()
4914<
4915 This function inserts the continuation character "\" in front
4916 of all the lines in the range, except the first one.
4917
4918 *E132*
4919The recursiveness of user functions is restricted with the |'maxfuncdepth'|
4920option.
4921
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00004922
4923AUTOMATICALLY LOADING FUNCTIONS ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004924 *autoload-functions*
4925When using many or large functions, it's possible to automatically define them
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00004926only when they are used. There are two methods: with an autocommand and with
4927the "autoload" directory in 'runtimepath'.
4928
4929
4930Using an autocommand ~
4931
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00004932This is introduced in the user manual, section |41.14|.
4933
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00004934The autocommand is useful if you have a plugin that is a long Vim script file.
4935You can define the autocommand and quickly quit the script with |:finish|.
4936That makes Vim startup faster. The autocommand should then load the same file
4937again, setting a variable to skip the |:finish| command.
4938
4939Use the FuncUndefined autocommand event with a pattern that matches the
4940function(s) to be defined. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004941
4942 :au FuncUndefined BufNet* source ~/vim/bufnetfuncs.vim
4943
4944The file "~/vim/bufnetfuncs.vim" should then define functions that start with
4945"BufNet". Also see |FuncUndefined|.
4946
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00004947
4948Using an autoload script ~
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00004949 *autoload* *E746*
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00004950This is introduced in the user manual, section |41.15|.
4951
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00004952Using a script in the "autoload" directory is simpler, but requires using
4953exactly the right file name. A function that can be autoloaded has a name
4954like this: >
4955
Bram Moolenaara7fc0102005-05-18 22:17:12 +00004956 :call filename#funcname()
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00004957
4958When such a function is called, and it is not defined yet, Vim will search the
4959"autoload" directories in 'runtimepath' for a script file called
4960"filename.vim". For example "~/.vim/autoload/filename.vim". That file should
4961then define the function like this: >
4962
Bram Moolenaara7fc0102005-05-18 22:17:12 +00004963 function filename#funcname()
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00004964 echo "Done!"
4965 endfunction
4966
4967The file name and the name used before the colon in the function must match
4968exactly, and the defined function must have the name exactly as it will be
4969called.
4970
Bram Moolenaara7fc0102005-05-18 22:17:12 +00004971It is possible to use subdirectories. Every # in the function name works like
4972a path separator. Thus when calling a function: >
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00004973
Bram Moolenaara7fc0102005-05-18 22:17:12 +00004974 :call foo#bar#func()
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00004975
4976Vim will look for the file "autoload/foo/bar.vim" in 'runtimepath'.
4977
4978The name before the first colon must be at least two characters long,
4979otherwise it looks like a scope, such as "s:".
4980
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00004981This also works when reading a variable that has not been set yet: >
4982
Bram Moolenaara7fc0102005-05-18 22:17:12 +00004983 :let l = foo#bar#lvar
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00004984
4985When assigning a value to such a variable nothing special happens. This can
4986be used to pass settings to the autoload script before it's loaded: >
4987
Bram Moolenaara7fc0102005-05-18 22:17:12 +00004988 :let foo#bar#toggle = 1
4989 :call foo#bar#func()
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00004990
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +00004991Note that when you make a mistake and call a function that is supposed to be
4992defined in an autoload script, but the script doesn't actually define the
4993function, the script will be sourced every time you try to call the function.
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00004994And you will get an error message every time.
4995
4996Also note that if you have two script files, and one calls a function in the
4997other and vise versa, before the used function is defined, it won't work.
4998Avoid using the autoload functionality at the toplevel.
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00004999
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005000==============================================================================
50016. Curly braces names *curly-braces-names*
5002
5003Wherever you can use a variable, you can use a "curly braces name" variable.
5004This is a regular variable name with one or more expressions wrapped in braces
5005{} like this: >
5006 my_{adjective}_variable
5007
5008When Vim encounters this, it evaluates the expression inside the braces, puts
5009that in place of the expression, and re-interprets the whole as a variable
5010name. So in the above example, if the variable "adjective" was set to
5011"noisy", then the reference would be to "my_noisy_variable", whereas if
5012"adjective" was set to "quiet", then it would be to "my_quiet_variable".
5013
5014One application for this is to create a set of variables governed by an option
5015value. For example, the statement >
5016 echo my_{&background}_message
5017
5018would output the contents of "my_dark_message" or "my_light_message" depending
5019on the current value of 'background'.
5020
5021You can use multiple brace pairs: >
5022 echo my_{adverb}_{adjective}_message
5023..or even nest them: >
5024 echo my_{ad{end_of_word}}_message
5025where "end_of_word" is either "verb" or "jective".
5026
5027However, the expression inside the braces must evaluate to a valid single
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00005028variable name, e.g. this is invalid: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005029 :let foo='a + b'
5030 :echo c{foo}d
5031.. since the result of expansion is "ca + bd", which is not a variable name.
5032
5033 *curly-braces-function-names*
5034You can call and define functions by an evaluated name in a similar way.
5035Example: >
5036 :let func_end='whizz'
5037 :call my_func_{func_end}(parameter)
5038
5039This would call the function "my_func_whizz(parameter)".
5040
5041==============================================================================
50427. Commands *expression-commands*
5043
5044:let {var-name} = {expr1} *:let* *E18*
5045 Set internal variable {var-name} to the result of the
5046 expression {expr1}. The variable will get the type
5047 from the {expr}. If {var-name} didn't exist yet, it
5048 is created.
5049
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00005050:let {var-name}[{idx}] = {expr1} *E689*
5051 Set a list item to the result of the expression
5052 {expr1}. {var-name} must refer to a list and {idx}
5053 must be a valid index in that list. For nested list
5054 the index can be repeated.
5055 This cannot be used to add an item to a list.
5056
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00005057 *E711* *E719*
5058:let {var-name}[{idx1}:{idx2}] = {expr1} *E708* *E709* *E710*
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00005059 Set a sequence of items in a List to the result of the
5060 expression {expr1}, which must be a list with the
5061 correct number of items.
5062 {idx1} can be omitted, zero is used instead.
5063 {idx2} can be omitted, meaning the end of the list.
5064 When the selected range of items is partly past the
5065 end of the list, items will be added.
5066
Bram Moolenaar748bf032005-02-02 23:04:36 +00005067 *:let+=* *:let-=* *:let.=* *E734*
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00005068:let {var} += {expr1} Like ":let {var} = {var} + {expr1}".
5069:let {var} -= {expr1} Like ":let {var} = {var} - {expr1}".
5070:let {var} .= {expr1} Like ":let {var} = {var} . {expr1}".
5071 These fail if {var} was not set yet and when the type
5072 of {var} and {expr1} don't fit the operator.
5073
5074
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005075:let ${env-name} = {expr1} *:let-environment* *:let-$*
5076 Set environment variable {env-name} to the result of
5077 the expression {expr1}. The type is always String.
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00005078:let ${env-name} .= {expr1}
5079 Append {expr1} to the environment variable {env-name}.
5080 If the environment variable didn't exist yet this
5081 works like "=".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005082
5083:let @{reg-name} = {expr1} *:let-register* *:let-@*
5084 Write the result of the expression {expr1} in register
5085 {reg-name}. {reg-name} must be a single letter, and
5086 must be the name of a writable register (see
5087 |registers|). "@@" can be used for the unnamed
5088 register, "@/" for the search pattern.
5089 If the result of {expr1} ends in a <CR> or <NL>, the
5090 register will be linewise, otherwise it will be set to
5091 characterwise.
5092 This can be used to clear the last search pattern: >
5093 :let @/ = ""
5094< This is different from searching for an empty string,
5095 that would match everywhere.
5096
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00005097:let @{reg-name} .= {expr1}
5098 Append {expr1} to register {reg-name}. If the
5099 register was empty it's like setting it to {expr1}.
5100
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005101:let &{option-name} = {expr1} *:let-option* *:let-star*
5102 Set option {option-name} to the result of the
Bram Moolenaarfca34d62005-01-04 21:38:36 +00005103 expression {expr1}. A String or Number value is
5104 always converted to the type of the option.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005105 For an option local to a window or buffer the effect
5106 is just like using the |:set| command: both the local
5107 value and the global value is changed.
Bram Moolenaarfca34d62005-01-04 21:38:36 +00005108 Example: >
5109 :let &path = &path . ',/usr/local/include'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005110
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00005111:let &{option-name} .= {expr1}
5112 For a string option: Append {expr1} to the value.
5113 Does not insert a comma like |:set+=|.
5114
5115:let &{option-name} += {expr1}
5116:let &{option-name} -= {expr1}
5117 For a number or boolean option: Add or subtract
5118 {expr1}.
5119
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005120:let &l:{option-name} = {expr1}
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00005121:let &l:{option-name} .= {expr1}
5122:let &l:{option-name} += {expr1}
5123:let &l:{option-name} -= {expr1}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005124 Like above, but only set the local value of an option
5125 (if there is one). Works like |:setlocal|.
5126
5127:let &g:{option-name} = {expr1}
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00005128:let &g:{option-name} .= {expr1}
5129:let &g:{option-name} += {expr1}
5130:let &g:{option-name} -= {expr1}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005131 Like above, but only set the global value of an option
5132 (if there is one). Works like |:setglobal|.
5133
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00005134:let [{name1}, {name2}, ...] = {expr1} *:let-unpack* *E687* *E688*
Bram Moolenaarfca34d62005-01-04 21:38:36 +00005135 {expr1} must evaluate to a List. The first item in
5136 the list is assigned to {name1}, the second item to
5137 {name2}, etc.
5138 The number of names must match the number of items in
5139 the List.
5140 Each name can be one of the items of the ":let"
5141 command as mentioned above.
5142 Example: >
5143 :let [s, item] = GetItem(s)
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00005144< Detail: {expr1} is evaluated first, then the
5145 assignments are done in sequence. This matters if
5146 {name2} depends on {name1}. Example: >
5147 :let x = [0, 1]
5148 :let i = 0
5149 :let [i, x[i]] = [1, 2]
5150 :echo x
5151< The result is [0, 2].
5152
5153:let [{name1}, {name2}, ...] .= {expr1}
5154:let [{name1}, {name2}, ...] += {expr1}
5155:let [{name1}, {name2}, ...] -= {expr1}
5156 Like above, but append/add/subtract the value for each
5157 List item.
Bram Moolenaarfca34d62005-01-04 21:38:36 +00005158
5159:let [{name}, ..., ; {lastname}] = {expr1}
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00005160 Like |:let-unpack| above, but the List may have more
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00005161 items than there are names. A list of the remaining
5162 items is assigned to {lastname}. If there are no
5163 remaining items {lastname} is set to an empty list.
Bram Moolenaarfca34d62005-01-04 21:38:36 +00005164 Example: >
5165 :let [a, b; rest] = ["aval", "bval", 3, 4]
5166<
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00005167:let [{name}, ..., ; {lastname}] .= {expr1}
5168:let [{name}, ..., ; {lastname}] += {expr1}
5169:let [{name}, ..., ; {lastname}] -= {expr1}
5170 Like above, but append/add/subtract the value for each
5171 List item.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005172 *E106*
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00005173:let {var-name} .. List the value of variable {var-name}. Multiple
Bram Moolenaardcaf10e2005-01-21 11:55:25 +00005174 variable names may be given. Special names recognized
5175 here: *E738*
5176 g: global variables.
5177 b: local buffer variables.
5178 w: local window variables.
5179 v: Vim variables.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005180
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00005181:let List the values of all variables. The type of the
5182 variable is indicated before the value:
5183 <nothing> String
5184 # Number
5185 * Funcref
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005186
Bram Moolenaar2ce06f62005-01-31 19:19:04 +00005187
5188:unl[et][!] {name} ... *:unlet* *:unl* *E108*
5189 Remove the internal variable {name}. Several variable
5190 names can be given, they are all removed. The name
5191 may also be a List or Dictionary item.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005192 With [!] no error message is given for non-existing
5193 variables.
Bram Moolenaar9cd15162005-01-16 22:02:49 +00005194 One or more items from a List can be removed: >
5195 :unlet list[3] " remove fourth item
5196 :unlet list[3:] " remove fourth item to last
5197< One item from a Dictionary can be removed at a time: >
5198 :unlet dict['two']
5199 :unlet dict.two
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005200
Bram Moolenaar2ce06f62005-01-31 19:19:04 +00005201:lockv[ar][!] [depth] {name} ... *:lockvar* *:lockv*
5202 Lock the internal variable {name}. Locking means that
5203 it can no longer be changed (until it is unlocked).
5204 A locked variable can be deleted: >
5205 :lockvar v
5206 :let v = 'asdf' " fails!
5207 :unlet v
5208< *E741*
5209 If you try to change a locked variable you get an
5210 error message: "E741: Value of {name} is locked"
5211
5212 [depth] is relevant when locking a List or Dictionary.
5213 It specifies how deep the locking goes:
5214 1 Lock the List or Dictionary itself,
5215 cannot add or remove items, but can
5216 still change their values.
5217 2 Also lock the values, cannot change
5218 the items. If an item is a List or
5219 Dictionary, cannot add or remove
5220 items, but can still change the
5221 values.
5222 3 Like 2 but for the List/Dictionary in
5223 the List/Dictionary, one level deeper.
5224 The default [depth] is 2, thus when {name} is a List
5225 or Dictionary the values cannot be changed.
5226 *E743*
5227 For unlimited depth use [!] and omit [depth].
5228 However, there is a maximum depth of 100 to catch
5229 loops.
5230
5231 Note that when two variables refer to the same List
5232 and you lock one of them, the List will also be locked
5233 when used through the other variable. Example: >
5234 :let l = [0, 1, 2, 3]
5235 :let cl = l
5236 :lockvar l
5237 :let cl[1] = 99 " won't work!
5238< You may want to make a copy of a list to avoid this.
5239 See |deepcopy()|.
5240
5241
5242:unlo[ckvar][!] [depth] {name} ... *:unlockvar* *:unlo*
5243 Unlock the internal variable {name}. Does the
5244 opposite of |:lockvar|.
5245
5246
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005247:if {expr1} *:if* *:endif* *:en* *E171* *E579* *E580*
5248:en[dif] Execute the commands until the next matching ":else"
5249 or ":endif" if {expr1} evaluates to non-zero.
5250
5251 From Vim version 4.5 until 5.0, every Ex command in
5252 between the ":if" and ":endif" is ignored. These two
5253 commands were just to allow for future expansions in a
5254 backwards compatible way. Nesting was allowed. Note
5255 that any ":else" or ":elseif" was ignored, the "else"
5256 part was not executed either.
5257
5258 You can use this to remain compatible with older
5259 versions: >
5260 :if version >= 500
5261 : version-5-specific-commands
5262 :endif
5263< The commands still need to be parsed to find the
5264 "endif". Sometimes an older Vim has a problem with a
5265 new command. For example, ":silent" is recognized as
5266 a ":substitute" command. In that case ":execute" can
5267 avoid problems: >
5268 :if version >= 600
5269 : execute "silent 1,$delete"
5270 :endif
5271<
5272 NOTE: The ":append" and ":insert" commands don't work
5273 properly in between ":if" and ":endif".
5274
5275 *:else* *:el* *E581* *E583*
5276:el[se] Execute the commands until the next matching ":else"
5277 or ":endif" if they previously were not being
5278 executed.
5279
5280 *:elseif* *:elsei* *E582* *E584*
5281:elsei[f] {expr1} Short for ":else" ":if", with the addition that there
5282 is no extra ":endif".
5283
5284:wh[ile] {expr1} *:while* *:endwhile* *:wh* *:endw*
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00005285 *E170* *E585* *E588* *E733*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005286:endw[hile] Repeat the commands between ":while" and ":endwhile",
5287 as long as {expr1} evaluates to non-zero.
5288 When an error is detected from a command inside the
5289 loop, execution continues after the "endwhile".
Bram Moolenaar12805862005-01-05 22:16:17 +00005290 Example: >
5291 :let lnum = 1
5292 :while lnum <= line("$")
5293 :call FixLine(lnum)
5294 :let lnum = lnum + 1
5295 :endwhile
5296<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005297 NOTE: The ":append" and ":insert" commands don't work
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00005298 properly inside a ":while" and ":for" loop.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005299
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00005300:for {var} in {list} *:for* *E690* *E732*
Bram Moolenaar12805862005-01-05 22:16:17 +00005301:endfo[r] *:endfo* *:endfor*
5302 Repeat the commands between ":for" and ":endfor" for
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00005303 each item in {list}. Variable {var} is set to the
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00005304 value of each item.
5305 When an error is detected for a command inside the
Bram Moolenaar12805862005-01-05 22:16:17 +00005306 loop, execution continues after the "endfor".
Bram Moolenaar572cb562005-08-05 21:35:02 +00005307 Changing {list} inside the loop affects what items are
5308 used. Make a copy if this is unwanted: >
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00005309 :for item in copy(mylist)
5310< When not making a copy, Vim stores a reference to the
5311 next item in the list, before executing the commands
5312 with the current item. Thus the current item can be
5313 removed without effect. Removing any later item means
5314 it will not be found. Thus the following example
5315 works (an inefficient way to make a list empty): >
5316 :for item in mylist
Bram Moolenaar12805862005-01-05 22:16:17 +00005317 :call remove(mylist, 0)
5318 :endfor
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00005319< Note that reordering the list (e.g., with sort() or
5320 reverse()) may have unexpected effects.
5321 Note that the type of each list item should be
Bram Moolenaar12805862005-01-05 22:16:17 +00005322 identical to avoid errors for the type of {var}
5323 changing. Unlet the variable at the end of the loop
5324 to allow multiple item types.
5325
Bram Moolenaar12805862005-01-05 22:16:17 +00005326:for [{var1}, {var2}, ...] in {listlist}
5327:endfo[r]
5328 Like ":for" above, but each item in {listlist} must be
5329 a list, of which each item is assigned to {var1},
5330 {var2}, etc. Example: >
5331 :for [lnum, col] in [[1, 3], [2, 5], [3, 8]]
5332 :echo getline(lnum)[col]
5333 :endfor
5334<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005335 *:continue* *:con* *E586*
Bram Moolenaar12805862005-01-05 22:16:17 +00005336:con[tinue] When used inside a ":while" or ":for" loop, jumps back
5337 to the start of the loop.
5338 If it is used after a |:try| inside the loop but
5339 before the matching |:finally| (if present), the
5340 commands following the ":finally" up to the matching
5341 |:endtry| are executed first. This process applies to
5342 all nested ":try"s inside the loop. The outermost
5343 ":endtry" then jumps back to the start of the loop.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005344
5345 *:break* *:brea* *E587*
Bram Moolenaar12805862005-01-05 22:16:17 +00005346:brea[k] When used inside a ":while" or ":for" loop, skips to
5347 the command after the matching ":endwhile" or
5348 ":endfor".
5349 If it is used after a |:try| inside the loop but
5350 before the matching |:finally| (if present), the
5351 commands following the ":finally" up to the matching
5352 |:endtry| are executed first. This process applies to
5353 all nested ":try"s inside the loop. The outermost
5354 ":endtry" then jumps to the command after the loop.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005355
5356:try *:try* *:endt* *:endtry* *E600* *E601* *E602*
5357:endt[ry] Change the error handling for the commands between
5358 ":try" and ":endtry" including everything being
5359 executed across ":source" commands, function calls,
5360 or autocommand invocations.
5361
5362 When an error or interrupt is detected and there is
5363 a |:finally| command following, execution continues
5364 after the ":finally". Otherwise, or when the
5365 ":endtry" is reached thereafter, the next
5366 (dynamically) surrounding ":try" is checked for
5367 a corresponding ":finally" etc. Then the script
5368 processing is terminated. (Whether a function
5369 definition has an "abort" argument does not matter.)
5370 Example: >
5371 :try | edit too much | finally | echo "cleanup" | endtry
5372 :echo "impossible" " not reached, script terminated above
5373<
5374 Moreover, an error or interrupt (dynamically) inside
5375 ":try" and ":endtry" is converted to an exception. It
5376 can be caught as if it were thrown by a |:throw|
5377 command (see |:catch|). In this case, the script
5378 processing is not terminated.
5379
5380 The value "Vim:Interrupt" is used for an interrupt
5381 exception. An error in a Vim command is converted
5382 to a value of the form "Vim({command}):{errmsg}",
5383 other errors are converted to a value of the form
5384 "Vim:{errmsg}". {command} is the full command name,
5385 and {errmsg} is the message that is displayed if the
5386 error exception is not caught, always beginning with
5387 the error number.
5388 Examples: >
5389 :try | sleep 100 | catch /^Vim:Interrupt$/ | endtry
5390 :try | edit | catch /^Vim(edit):E\d\+/ | echo "error" | endtry
5391<
5392 *:cat* *:catch* *E603* *E604* *E605*
5393:cat[ch] /{pattern}/ The following commands until the next ":catch",
5394 |:finally|, or |:endtry| that belongs to the same
5395 |:try| as the ":catch" are executed when an exception
5396 matching {pattern} is being thrown and has not yet
5397 been caught by a previous ":catch". Otherwise, these
5398 commands are skipped.
5399 When {pattern} is omitted all errors are caught.
5400 Examples: >
5401 :catch /^Vim:Interrupt$/ " catch interrupts (CTRL-C)
5402 :catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E/ " catch all Vim errors
5403 :catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:/ " catch errors and interrupts
5404 :catch /^Vim(write):/ " catch all errors in :write
5405 :catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E123/ " catch error E123
5406 :catch /my-exception/ " catch user exception
5407 :catch /.*/ " catch everything
5408 :catch " same as /.*/
5409<
5410 Another character can be used instead of / around the
5411 {pattern}, so long as it does not have a special
5412 meaning (e.g., '|' or '"') and doesn't occur inside
5413 {pattern}.
5414 NOTE: It is not reliable to ":catch" the TEXT of
5415 an error message because it may vary in different
5416 locales.
5417
5418 *:fina* *:finally* *E606* *E607*
5419:fina[lly] The following commands until the matching |:endtry|
5420 are executed whenever the part between the matching
5421 |:try| and the ":finally" is left: either by falling
5422 through to the ":finally" or by a |:continue|,
5423 |:break|, |:finish|, or |:return|, or by an error or
5424 interrupt or exception (see |:throw|).
5425
5426 *:th* *:throw* *E608*
5427:th[row] {expr1} The {expr1} is evaluated and thrown as an exception.
5428 If the ":throw" is used after a |:try| but before the
5429 first corresponding |:catch|, commands are skipped
5430 until the first ":catch" matching {expr1} is reached.
5431 If there is no such ":catch" or if the ":throw" is
5432 used after a ":catch" but before the |:finally|, the
5433 commands following the ":finally" (if present) up to
5434 the matching |:endtry| are executed. If the ":throw"
5435 is after the ":finally", commands up to the ":endtry"
5436 are skipped. At the ":endtry", this process applies
5437 again for the next dynamically surrounding ":try"
5438 (which may be found in a calling function or sourcing
5439 script), until a matching ":catch" has been found.
5440 If the exception is not caught, the command processing
5441 is terminated.
5442 Example: >
5443 :try | throw "oops" | catch /^oo/ | echo "caught" | endtry
5444<
5445
5446 *:ec* *:echo*
5447:ec[ho] {expr1} .. Echoes each {expr1}, with a space in between. The
5448 first {expr1} starts on a new line.
5449 Also see |:comment|.
5450 Use "\n" to start a new line. Use "\r" to move the
5451 cursor to the first column.
5452 Uses the highlighting set by the |:echohl| command.
5453 Cannot be followed by a comment.
5454 Example: >
5455 :echo "the value of 'shell' is" &shell
5456< A later redraw may make the message disappear again.
5457 To avoid that a command from before the ":echo" causes
5458 a redraw afterwards (redraws are often postponed until
5459 you type something), force a redraw with the |:redraw|
5460 command. Example: >
5461 :new | redraw | echo "there is a new window"
5462<
5463 *:echon*
5464:echon {expr1} .. Echoes each {expr1}, without anything added. Also see
5465 |:comment|.
5466 Uses the highlighting set by the |:echohl| command.
5467 Cannot be followed by a comment.
5468 Example: >
5469 :echon "the value of 'shell' is " &shell
5470<
5471 Note the difference between using ":echo", which is a
5472 Vim command, and ":!echo", which is an external shell
5473 command: >
5474 :!echo % --> filename
5475< The arguments of ":!" are expanded, see |:_%|. >
5476 :!echo "%" --> filename or "filename"
5477< Like the previous example. Whether you see the double
5478 quotes or not depends on your 'shell'. >
5479 :echo % --> nothing
5480< The '%' is an illegal character in an expression. >
5481 :echo "%" --> %
5482< This just echoes the '%' character. >
5483 :echo expand("%") --> filename
5484< This calls the expand() function to expand the '%'.
5485
5486 *:echoh* *:echohl*
5487:echoh[l] {name} Use the highlight group {name} for the following
5488 |:echo|, |:echon| and |:echomsg| commands. Also used
5489 for the |input()| prompt. Example: >
5490 :echohl WarningMsg | echo "Don't panic!" | echohl None
5491< Don't forget to set the group back to "None",
5492 otherwise all following echo's will be highlighted.
5493
5494 *:echom* *:echomsg*
5495:echom[sg] {expr1} .. Echo the expression(s) as a true message, saving the
5496 message in the |message-history|.
5497 Spaces are placed between the arguments as with the
5498 |:echo| command. But unprintable characters are
5499 displayed, not interpreted.
5500 Uses the highlighting set by the |:echohl| command.
5501 Example: >
5502 :echomsg "It's a Zizzer Zazzer Zuzz, as you can plainly see."
5503<
5504 *:echoe* *:echoerr*
5505:echoe[rr] {expr1} .. Echo the expression(s) as an error message, saving the
5506 message in the |message-history|. When used in a
5507 script or function the line number will be added.
5508 Spaces are placed between the arguments as with the
5509 :echo command. When used inside a try conditional,
5510 the message is raised as an error exception instead
5511 (see |try-echoerr|).
5512 Example: >
5513 :echoerr "This script just failed!"
5514< If you just want a highlighted message use |:echohl|.
5515 And to get a beep: >
5516 :exe "normal \<Esc>"
5517<
5518 *:exe* *:execute*
5519:exe[cute] {expr1} .. Executes the string that results from the evaluation
5520 of {expr1} as an Ex command. Multiple arguments are
5521 concatenated, with a space in between. {expr1} is
5522 used as the processed command, command line editing
5523 keys are not recognized.
5524 Cannot be followed by a comment.
5525 Examples: >
5526 :execute "buffer " nextbuf
5527 :execute "normal " count . "w"
5528<
5529 ":execute" can be used to append a command to commands
5530 that don't accept a '|'. Example: >
5531 :execute '!ls' | echo "theend"
5532
5533< ":execute" is also a nice way to avoid having to type
5534 control characters in a Vim script for a ":normal"
5535 command: >
5536 :execute "normal ixxx\<Esc>"
5537< This has an <Esc> character, see |expr-string|.
5538
5539 Note: The executed string may be any command-line, but
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00005540 you cannot start or end a "while", "for" or "if"
5541 command. Thus this is illegal: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005542 :execute 'while i > 5'
5543 :execute 'echo "test" | break'
5544<
5545 It is allowed to have a "while" or "if" command
5546 completely in the executed string: >
5547 :execute 'while i < 5 | echo i | let i = i + 1 | endwhile'
5548<
5549
5550 *:comment*
5551 ":execute", ":echo" and ":echon" cannot be followed by
5552 a comment directly, because they see the '"' as the
5553 start of a string. But, you can use '|' followed by a
5554 comment. Example: >
5555 :echo "foo" | "this is a comment
5556
5557==============================================================================
55588. Exception handling *exception-handling*
5559
5560The Vim script language comprises an exception handling feature. This section
5561explains how it can be used in a Vim script.
5562
5563Exceptions may be raised by Vim on an error or on interrupt, see
5564|catch-errors| and |catch-interrupt|. You can also explicitly throw an
5565exception by using the ":throw" command, see |throw-catch|.
5566
5567
5568TRY CONDITIONALS *try-conditionals*
5569
5570Exceptions can be caught or can cause cleanup code to be executed. You can
5571use a try conditional to specify catch clauses (that catch exceptions) and/or
5572a finally clause (to be executed for cleanup).
5573 A try conditional begins with a |:try| command and ends at the matching
5574|:endtry| command. In between, you can use a |:catch| command to start
5575a catch clause, or a |:finally| command to start a finally clause. There may
5576be none or multiple catch clauses, but there is at most one finally clause,
5577which must not be followed by any catch clauses. The lines before the catch
5578clauses and the finally clause is called a try block. >
5579
5580 :try
5581 : ...
5582 : ... TRY BLOCK
5583 : ...
5584 :catch /{pattern}/
5585 : ...
5586 : ... CATCH CLAUSE
5587 : ...
5588 :catch /{pattern}/
5589 : ...
5590 : ... CATCH CLAUSE
5591 : ...
5592 :finally
5593 : ...
5594 : ... FINALLY CLAUSE
5595 : ...
5596 :endtry
5597
5598The try conditional allows to watch code for exceptions and to take the
5599appropriate actions. Exceptions from the try block may be caught. Exceptions
5600from the try block and also the catch clauses may cause cleanup actions.
5601 When no exception is thrown during execution of the try block, the control
5602is transferred to the finally clause, if present. After its execution, the
5603script continues with the line following the ":endtry".
5604 When an exception occurs during execution of the try block, the remaining
5605lines in the try block are skipped. The exception is matched against the
5606patterns specified as arguments to the ":catch" commands. The catch clause
5607after the first matching ":catch" is taken, other catch clauses are not
5608executed. The catch clause ends when the next ":catch", ":finally", or
5609":endtry" command is reached - whatever is first. Then, the finally clause
5610(if present) is executed. When the ":endtry" is reached, the script execution
5611continues in the following line as usual.
5612 When an exception that does not match any of the patterns specified by the
5613":catch" commands is thrown in the try block, the exception is not caught by
5614that try conditional and none of the catch clauses is executed. Only the
5615finally clause, if present, is taken. The exception pends during execution of
5616the finally clause. It is resumed at the ":endtry", so that commands after
5617the ":endtry" are not executed and the exception might be caught elsewhere,
5618see |try-nesting|.
5619 When during execution of a catch clause another exception is thrown, the
5620remaining lines in that catch clause are not executed. The new exception is
5621not matched against the patterns in any of the ":catch" commands of the same
5622try conditional and none of its catch clauses is taken. If there is, however,
5623a finally clause, it is executed, and the exception pends during its
5624execution. The commands following the ":endtry" are not executed. The new
5625exception might, however, be caught elsewhere, see |try-nesting|.
5626 When during execution of the finally clause (if present) an exception is
5627thrown, the remaining lines in the finally clause are skipped. If the finally
5628clause has been taken because of an exception from the try block or one of the
5629catch clauses, the original (pending) exception is discarded. The commands
5630following the ":endtry" are not executed, and the exception from the finally
5631clause is propagated and can be caught elsewhere, see |try-nesting|.
5632
5633The finally clause is also executed, when a ":break" or ":continue" for
5634a ":while" loop enclosing the complete try conditional is executed from the
5635try block or a catch clause. Or when a ":return" or ":finish" is executed
5636from the try block or a catch clause of a try conditional in a function or
5637sourced script, respectively. The ":break", ":continue", ":return", or
5638":finish" pends during execution of the finally clause and is resumed when the
5639":endtry" is reached. It is, however, discarded when an exception is thrown
5640from the finally clause.
5641 When a ":break" or ":continue" for a ":while" loop enclosing the complete
5642try conditional or when a ":return" or ":finish" is encountered in the finally
5643clause, the rest of the finally clause is skipped, and the ":break",
5644":continue", ":return" or ":finish" is executed as usual. If the finally
5645clause has been taken because of an exception or an earlier ":break",
5646":continue", ":return", or ":finish" from the try block or a catch clause,
5647this pending exception or command is discarded.
5648
5649For examples see |throw-catch| and |try-finally|.
5650
5651
5652NESTING OF TRY CONDITIONALS *try-nesting*
5653
5654Try conditionals can be nested arbitrarily. That is, a complete try
5655conditional can be put into the try block, a catch clause, or the finally
5656clause of another try conditional. If the inner try conditional does not
5657catch an exception thrown in its try block or throws a new exception from one
5658of its catch clauses or its finally clause, the outer try conditional is
5659checked according to the rules above. If the inner try conditional is in the
5660try block of the outer try conditional, its catch clauses are checked, but
5661otherwise only the finally clause is executed. It does not matter for
5662nesting, whether the inner try conditional is directly contained in the outer
5663one, or whether the outer one sources a script or calls a function containing
5664the inner try conditional.
5665
5666When none of the active try conditionals catches an exception, just their
5667finally clauses are executed. Thereafter, the script processing terminates.
5668An error message is displayed in case of an uncaught exception explicitly
5669thrown by a ":throw" command. For uncaught error and interrupt exceptions
5670implicitly raised by Vim, the error message(s) or interrupt message are shown
5671as usual.
5672
5673For examples see |throw-catch|.
5674
5675
5676EXAMINING EXCEPTION HANDLING CODE *except-examine*
5677
5678Exception handling code can get tricky. If you are in doubt what happens, set
5679'verbose' to 13 or use the ":13verbose" command modifier when sourcing your
5680script file. Then you see when an exception is thrown, discarded, caught, or
5681finished. When using a verbosity level of at least 14, things pending in
5682a finally clause are also shown. This information is also given in debug mode
5683(see |debug-scripts|).
5684
5685
5686THROWING AND CATCHING EXCEPTIONS *throw-catch*
5687
5688You can throw any number or string as an exception. Use the |:throw| command
5689and pass the value to be thrown as argument: >
5690 :throw 4711
5691 :throw "string"
5692< *throw-expression*
5693You can also specify an expression argument. The expression is then evaluated
5694first, and the result is thrown: >
5695 :throw 4705 + strlen("string")
5696 :throw strpart("strings", 0, 6)
5697
5698An exception might be thrown during evaluation of the argument of the ":throw"
5699command. Unless it is caught there, the expression evaluation is abandoned.
5700The ":throw" command then does not throw a new exception.
5701 Example: >
5702
5703 :function! Foo(arg)
5704 : try
5705 : throw a:arg
5706 : catch /foo/
5707 : endtry
5708 : return 1
5709 :endfunction
5710 :
5711 :function! Bar()
5712 : echo "in Bar"
5713 : return 4710
5714 :endfunction
5715 :
5716 :throw Foo("arrgh") + Bar()
5717
5718This throws "arrgh", and "in Bar" is not displayed since Bar() is not
5719executed. >
5720 :throw Foo("foo") + Bar()
5721however displays "in Bar" and throws 4711.
5722
5723Any other command that takes an expression as argument might also be
5724abandoned by an (uncaught) exception during the expression evaluation. The
5725exception is then propagated to the caller of the command.
5726 Example: >
5727
5728 :if Foo("arrgh")
5729 : echo "then"
5730 :else
5731 : echo "else"
5732 :endif
5733
5734Here neither of "then" or "else" is displayed.
5735
5736 *catch-order*
5737Exceptions can be caught by a try conditional with one or more |:catch|
5738commands, see |try-conditionals|. The values to be caught by each ":catch"
5739command can be specified as a pattern argument. The subsequent catch clause
5740gets executed when a matching exception is caught.
5741 Example: >
5742
5743 :function! Foo(value)
5744 : try
5745 : throw a:value
5746 : catch /^\d\+$/
5747 : echo "Number thrown"
5748 : catch /.*/
5749 : echo "String thrown"
5750 : endtry
5751 :endfunction
5752 :
5753 :call Foo(0x1267)
5754 :call Foo('string')
5755
5756The first call to Foo() displays "Number thrown", the second "String thrown".
5757An exception is matched against the ":catch" commands in the order they are
5758specified. Only the first match counts. So you should place the more
5759specific ":catch" first. The following order does not make sense: >
5760
5761 : catch /.*/
5762 : echo "String thrown"
5763 : catch /^\d\+$/
5764 : echo "Number thrown"
5765
5766The first ":catch" here matches always, so that the second catch clause is
5767never taken.
5768
5769 *throw-variables*
5770If you catch an exception by a general pattern, you may access the exact value
5771in the variable |v:exception|: >
5772
5773 : catch /^\d\+$/
5774 : echo "Number thrown. Value is" v:exception
5775
5776You may also be interested where an exception was thrown. This is stored in
5777|v:throwpoint|. Note that "v:exception" and "v:throwpoint" are valid for the
5778exception most recently caught as long it is not finished.
5779 Example: >
5780
5781 :function! Caught()
5782 : if v:exception != ""
5783 : echo 'Caught "' . v:exception . '" in ' . v:throwpoint
5784 : else
5785 : echo 'Nothing caught'
5786 : endif
5787 :endfunction
5788 :
5789 :function! Foo()
5790 : try
5791 : try
5792 : try
5793 : throw 4711
5794 : finally
5795 : call Caught()
5796 : endtry
5797 : catch /.*/
5798 : call Caught()
5799 : throw "oops"
5800 : endtry
5801 : catch /.*/
5802 : call Caught()
5803 : finally
5804 : call Caught()
5805 : endtry
5806 :endfunction
5807 :
5808 :call Foo()
5809
5810This displays >
5811
5812 Nothing caught
5813 Caught "4711" in function Foo, line 4
5814 Caught "oops" in function Foo, line 10
5815 Nothing caught
5816
5817A practical example: The following command ":LineNumber" displays the line
5818number in the script or function where it has been used: >
5819
5820 :function! LineNumber()
5821 : return substitute(v:throwpoint, '.*\D\(\d\+\).*', '\1', "")
5822 :endfunction
5823 :command! LineNumber try | throw "" | catch | echo LineNumber() | endtry
5824<
5825 *try-nested*
5826An exception that is not caught by a try conditional can be caught by
5827a surrounding try conditional: >
5828
5829 :try
5830 : try
5831 : throw "foo"
5832 : catch /foobar/
5833 : echo "foobar"
5834 : finally
5835 : echo "inner finally"
5836 : endtry
5837 :catch /foo/
5838 : echo "foo"
5839 :endtry
5840
5841The inner try conditional does not catch the exception, just its finally
5842clause is executed. The exception is then caught by the outer try
5843conditional. The example displays "inner finally" and then "foo".
5844
5845 *throw-from-catch*
5846You can catch an exception and throw a new one to be caught elsewhere from the
5847catch clause: >
5848
5849 :function! Foo()
5850 : throw "foo"
5851 :endfunction
5852 :
5853 :function! Bar()
5854 : try
5855 : call Foo()
5856 : catch /foo/
5857 : echo "Caught foo, throw bar"
5858 : throw "bar"
5859 : endtry
5860 :endfunction
5861 :
5862 :try
5863 : call Bar()
5864 :catch /.*/
5865 : echo "Caught" v:exception
5866 :endtry
5867
5868This displays "Caught foo, throw bar" and then "Caught bar".
5869
5870 *rethrow*
5871There is no real rethrow in the Vim script language, but you may throw
5872"v:exception" instead: >
5873
5874 :function! Bar()
5875 : try
5876 : call Foo()
5877 : catch /.*/
5878 : echo "Rethrow" v:exception
5879 : throw v:exception
5880 : endtry
5881 :endfunction
5882< *try-echoerr*
5883Note that this method cannot be used to "rethrow" Vim error or interrupt
5884exceptions, because it is not possible to fake Vim internal exceptions.
5885Trying so causes an error exception. You should throw your own exception
5886denoting the situation. If you want to cause a Vim error exception containing
5887the original error exception value, you can use the |:echoerr| command: >
5888
5889 :try
5890 : try
5891 : asdf
5892 : catch /.*/
5893 : echoerr v:exception
5894 : endtry
5895 :catch /.*/
5896 : echo v:exception
5897 :endtry
5898
5899This code displays
5900
5901 Vim(echoerr):Vim:E492: Not an editor command: asdf ~
5902
5903
5904CLEANUP CODE *try-finally*
5905
5906Scripts often change global settings and restore them at their end. If the
5907user however interrupts the script by pressing CTRL-C, the settings remain in
5908an inconsistent state. The same may happen to you in the development phase of
5909a script when an error occurs or you explicitly throw an exception without
5910catching it. You can solve these problems by using a try conditional with
5911a finally clause for restoring the settings. Its execution is guaranteed on
5912normal control flow, on error, on an explicit ":throw", and on interrupt.
5913(Note that errors and interrupts from inside the try conditional are converted
5914to exceptions. When not caught, they terminate the script after the finally
5915clause has been executed.)
5916Example: >
5917
5918 :try
5919 : let s:saved_ts = &ts
5920 : set ts=17
5921 :
5922 : " Do the hard work here.
5923 :
5924 :finally
5925 : let &ts = s:saved_ts
5926 : unlet s:saved_ts
5927 :endtry
5928
5929This method should be used locally whenever a function or part of a script
5930changes global settings which need to be restored on failure or normal exit of
5931that function or script part.
5932
5933 *break-finally*
5934Cleanup code works also when the try block or a catch clause is left by
5935a ":continue", ":break", ":return", or ":finish".
5936 Example: >
5937
5938 :let first = 1
5939 :while 1
5940 : try
5941 : if first
5942 : echo "first"
5943 : let first = 0
5944 : continue
5945 : else
5946 : throw "second"
5947 : endif
5948 : catch /.*/
5949 : echo v:exception
5950 : break
5951 : finally
5952 : echo "cleanup"
5953 : endtry
5954 : echo "still in while"
5955 :endwhile
5956 :echo "end"
5957
5958This displays "first", "cleanup", "second", "cleanup", and "end". >
5959
5960 :function! Foo()
5961 : try
5962 : return 4711
5963 : finally
5964 : echo "cleanup\n"
5965 : endtry
5966 : echo "Foo still active"
5967 :endfunction
5968 :
5969 :echo Foo() "returned by Foo"
5970
5971This displays "cleanup" and "4711 returned by Foo". You don't need to add an
5972extra ":return" in the finally clause. (Above all, this would override the
5973return value.)
5974
5975 *except-from-finally*
5976Using either of ":continue", ":break", ":return", ":finish", or ":throw" in
5977a finally clause is possible, but not recommended since it abandons the
5978cleanup actions for the try conditional. But, of course, interrupt and error
5979exceptions might get raised from a finally clause.
5980 Example where an error in the finally clause stops an interrupt from
5981working correctly: >
5982
5983 :try
5984 : try
5985 : echo "Press CTRL-C for interrupt"
5986 : while 1
5987 : endwhile
5988 : finally
5989 : unlet novar
5990 : endtry
5991 :catch /novar/
5992 :endtry
5993 :echo "Script still running"
5994 :sleep 1
5995
5996If you need to put commands that could fail into a finally clause, you should
5997think about catching or ignoring the errors in these commands, see
5998|catch-errors| and |ignore-errors|.
5999
6000
6001CATCHING ERRORS *catch-errors*
6002
6003If you want to catch specific errors, you just have to put the code to be
6004watched in a try block and add a catch clause for the error message. The
6005presence of the try conditional causes all errors to be converted to an
6006exception. No message is displayed and |v:errmsg| is not set then. To find
6007the right pattern for the ":catch" command, you have to know how the format of
6008the error exception is.
6009 Error exceptions have the following format: >
6010
6011 Vim({cmdname}):{errmsg}
6012or >
6013 Vim:{errmsg}
6014
6015{cmdname} is the name of the command that failed; the second form is used when
6016the command name is not known. {errmsg} is the error message usually produced
6017when the error occurs outside try conditionals. It always begins with
6018a capital "E", followed by a two or three-digit error number, a colon, and
6019a space.
6020
6021Examples:
6022
6023The command >
6024 :unlet novar
6025normally produces the error message >
6026 E108: No such variable: "novar"
6027which is converted inside try conditionals to an exception >
6028 Vim(unlet):E108: No such variable: "novar"
6029
6030The command >
6031 :dwim
6032normally produces the error message >
6033 E492: Not an editor command: dwim
6034which is converted inside try conditionals to an exception >
6035 Vim:E492: Not an editor command: dwim
6036
6037You can catch all ":unlet" errors by a >
6038 :catch /^Vim(unlet):/
6039or all errors for misspelled command names by a >
6040 :catch /^Vim:E492:/
6041
6042Some error messages may be produced by different commands: >
6043 :function nofunc
6044and >
6045 :delfunction nofunc
6046both produce the error message >
6047 E128: Function name must start with a capital: nofunc
6048which is converted inside try conditionals to an exception >
6049 Vim(function):E128: Function name must start with a capital: nofunc
6050or >
6051 Vim(delfunction):E128: Function name must start with a capital: nofunc
6052respectively. You can catch the error by its number independently on the
6053command that caused it if you use the following pattern: >
6054 :catch /^Vim(\a\+):E128:/
6055
6056Some commands like >
6057 :let x = novar
6058produce multiple error messages, here: >
6059 E121: Undefined variable: novar
6060 E15: Invalid expression: novar
6061Only the first is used for the exception value, since it is the most specific
6062one (see |except-several-errors|). So you can catch it by >
6063 :catch /^Vim(\a\+):E121:/
6064
6065You can catch all errors related to the name "nofunc" by >
6066 :catch /\<nofunc\>/
6067
6068You can catch all Vim errors in the ":write" and ":read" commands by >
6069 :catch /^Vim(\(write\|read\)):E\d\+:/
6070
6071You can catch all Vim errors by the pattern >
6072 :catch /^Vim\((\a\+)\)\=:E\d\+:/
6073<
6074 *catch-text*
6075NOTE: You should never catch the error message text itself: >
6076 :catch /No such variable/
6077only works in the english locale, but not when the user has selected
6078a different language by the |:language| command. It is however helpful to
6079cite the message text in a comment: >
6080 :catch /^Vim(\a\+):E108:/ " No such variable
6081
6082
6083IGNORING ERRORS *ignore-errors*
6084
6085You can ignore errors in a specific Vim command by catching them locally: >
6086
6087 :try
6088 : write
6089 :catch
6090 :endtry
6091
6092But you are strongly recommended NOT to use this simple form, since it could
6093catch more than you want. With the ":write" command, some autocommands could
6094be executed and cause errors not related to writing, for instance: >
6095
6096 :au BufWritePre * unlet novar
6097
6098There could even be such errors you are not responsible for as a script
6099writer: a user of your script might have defined such autocommands. You would
6100then hide the error from the user.
6101 It is much better to use >
6102
6103 :try
6104 : write
6105 :catch /^Vim(write):/
6106 :endtry
6107
6108which only catches real write errors. So catch only what you'd like to ignore
6109intentionally.
6110
6111For a single command that does not cause execution of autocommands, you could
6112even suppress the conversion of errors to exceptions by the ":silent!"
6113command: >
6114 :silent! nunmap k
6115This works also when a try conditional is active.
6116
6117
6118CATCHING INTERRUPTS *catch-interrupt*
6119
6120When there are active try conditionals, an interrupt (CTRL-C) is converted to
6121the exception "Vim:Interrupt". You can catch it like every exception. The
6122script is not terminated, then.
6123 Example: >
6124
6125 :function! TASK1()
6126 : sleep 10
6127 :endfunction
6128
6129 :function! TASK2()
6130 : sleep 20
6131 :endfunction
6132
6133 :while 1
6134 : let command = input("Type a command: ")
6135 : try
6136 : if command == ""
6137 : continue
6138 : elseif command == "END"
6139 : break
6140 : elseif command == "TASK1"
6141 : call TASK1()
6142 : elseif command == "TASK2"
6143 : call TASK2()
6144 : else
6145 : echo "\nIllegal command:" command
6146 : continue
6147 : endif
6148 : catch /^Vim:Interrupt$/
6149 : echo "\nCommand interrupted"
6150 : " Caught the interrupt. Continue with next prompt.
6151 : endtry
6152 :endwhile
6153
6154You can interrupt a task here by pressing CTRL-C; the script then asks for
6155a new command. If you press CTRL-C at the prompt, the script is terminated.
6156
6157For testing what happens when CTRL-C would be pressed on a specific line in
6158your script, use the debug mode and execute the |>quit| or |>interrupt|
6159command on that line. See |debug-scripts|.
6160
6161
6162CATCHING ALL *catch-all*
6163
6164The commands >
6165
6166 :catch /.*/
6167 :catch //
6168 :catch
6169
6170catch everything, error exceptions, interrupt exceptions and exceptions
6171explicitly thrown by the |:throw| command. This is useful at the top level of
6172a script in order to catch unexpected things.
6173 Example: >
6174
6175 :try
6176 :
6177 : " do the hard work here
6178 :
6179 :catch /MyException/
6180 :
6181 : " handle known problem
6182 :
6183 :catch /^Vim:Interrupt$/
6184 : echo "Script interrupted"
6185 :catch /.*/
6186 : echo "Internal error (" . v:exception . ")"
6187 : echo " - occurred at " . v:throwpoint
6188 :endtry
6189 :" end of script
6190
6191Note: Catching all might catch more things than you want. Thus, you are
6192strongly encouraged to catch only for problems that you can really handle by
6193specifying a pattern argument to the ":catch".
6194 Example: Catching all could make it nearly impossible to interrupt a script
6195by pressing CTRL-C: >
6196
6197 :while 1
6198 : try
6199 : sleep 1
6200 : catch
6201 : endtry
6202 :endwhile
6203
6204
6205EXCEPTIONS AND AUTOCOMMANDS *except-autocmd*
6206
6207Exceptions may be used during execution of autocommands. Example: >
6208
6209 :autocmd User x try
6210 :autocmd User x throw "Oops!"
6211 :autocmd User x catch
6212 :autocmd User x echo v:exception
6213 :autocmd User x endtry
6214 :autocmd User x throw "Arrgh!"
6215 :autocmd User x echo "Should not be displayed"
6216 :
6217 :try
6218 : doautocmd User x
6219 :catch
6220 : echo v:exception
6221 :endtry
6222
6223This displays "Oops!" and "Arrgh!".
6224
6225 *except-autocmd-Pre*
6226For some commands, autocommands get executed before the main action of the
6227command takes place. If an exception is thrown and not caught in the sequence
6228of autocommands, the sequence and the command that caused its execution are
6229abandoned and the exception is propagated to the caller of the command.
6230 Example: >
6231
6232 :autocmd BufWritePre * throw "FAIL"
6233 :autocmd BufWritePre * echo "Should not be displayed"
6234 :
6235 :try
6236 : write
6237 :catch
6238 : echo "Caught:" v:exception "from" v:throwpoint
6239 :endtry
6240
6241Here, the ":write" command does not write the file currently being edited (as
6242you can see by checking 'modified'), since the exception from the BufWritePre
6243autocommand abandons the ":write". The exception is then caught and the
6244script displays: >
6245
6246 Caught: FAIL from BufWrite Auto commands for "*"
6247<
6248 *except-autocmd-Post*
6249For some commands, autocommands get executed after the main action of the
6250command has taken place. If this main action fails and the command is inside
6251an active try conditional, the autocommands are skipped and an error exception
6252is thrown that can be caught by the caller of the command.
6253 Example: >
6254
6255 :autocmd BufWritePost * echo "File successfully written!"
6256 :
6257 :try
6258 : write /i/m/p/o/s/s/i/b/l/e
6259 :catch
6260 : echo v:exception
6261 :endtry
6262
6263This just displays: >
6264
6265 Vim(write):E212: Can't open file for writing (/i/m/p/o/s/s/i/b/l/e)
6266
6267If you really need to execute the autocommands even when the main action
6268fails, trigger the event from the catch clause.
6269 Example: >
6270
6271 :autocmd BufWritePre * set noreadonly
6272 :autocmd BufWritePost * set readonly
6273 :
6274 :try
6275 : write /i/m/p/o/s/s/i/b/l/e
6276 :catch
6277 : doautocmd BufWritePost /i/m/p/o/s/s/i/b/l/e
6278 :endtry
6279<
6280You can also use ":silent!": >
6281
6282 :let x = "ok"
6283 :let v:errmsg = ""
6284 :autocmd BufWritePost * if v:errmsg != ""
6285 :autocmd BufWritePost * let x = "after fail"
6286 :autocmd BufWritePost * endif
6287 :try
6288 : silent! write /i/m/p/o/s/s/i/b/l/e
6289 :catch
6290 :endtry
6291 :echo x
6292
6293This displays "after fail".
6294
6295If the main action of the command does not fail, exceptions from the
6296autocommands will be catchable by the caller of the command: >
6297
6298 :autocmd BufWritePost * throw ":-("
6299 :autocmd BufWritePost * echo "Should not be displayed"
6300 :
6301 :try
6302 : write
6303 :catch
6304 : echo v:exception
6305 :endtry
6306<
6307 *except-autocmd-Cmd*
6308For some commands, the normal action can be replaced by a sequence of
6309autocommands. Exceptions from that sequence will be catchable by the caller
6310of the command.
6311 Example: For the ":write" command, the caller cannot know whether the file
6312had actually been written when the exception occurred. You need to tell it in
6313some way. >
6314
6315 :if !exists("cnt")
6316 : let cnt = 0
6317 :
6318 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * if &modified
6319 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * let cnt = cnt + 1
6320 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * if cnt % 3 == 2
6321 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * throw "BufWriteCmdError"
6322 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * endif
6323 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * write | set nomodified
6324 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * if cnt % 3 == 0
6325 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * throw "BufWriteCmdError"
6326 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * endif
6327 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * echo "File successfully written!"
6328 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * endif
6329 :endif
6330 :
6331 :try
6332 : write
6333 :catch /^BufWriteCmdError$/
6334 : if &modified
6335 : echo "Error on writing (file contents not changed)"
6336 : else
6337 : echo "Error after writing"
6338 : endif
6339 :catch /^Vim(write):/
6340 : echo "Error on writing"
6341 :endtry
6342
6343When this script is sourced several times after making changes, it displays
6344first >
6345 File successfully written!
6346then >
6347 Error on writing (file contents not changed)
6348then >
6349 Error after writing
6350etc.
6351
6352 *except-autocmd-ill*
6353You cannot spread a try conditional over autocommands for different events.
6354The following code is ill-formed: >
6355
6356 :autocmd BufWritePre * try
6357 :
6358 :autocmd BufWritePost * catch
6359 :autocmd BufWritePost * echo v:exception
6360 :autocmd BufWritePost * endtry
6361 :
6362 :write
6363
6364
6365EXCEPTION HIERARCHIES AND PARAMETERIZED EXCEPTIONS *except-hier-param*
6366
6367Some programming languages allow to use hierarchies of exception classes or to
6368pass additional information with the object of an exception class. You can do
6369similar things in Vim.
6370 In order to throw an exception from a hierarchy, just throw the complete
6371class name with the components separated by a colon, for instance throw the
6372string "EXCEPT:MATHERR:OVERFLOW" for an overflow in a mathematical library.
6373 When you want to pass additional information with your exception class, add
6374it in parentheses, for instance throw the string "EXCEPT:IO:WRITEERR(myfile)"
6375for an error when writing "myfile".
6376 With the appropriate patterns in the ":catch" command, you can catch for
6377base classes or derived classes of your hierarchy. Additional information in
6378parentheses can be cut out from |v:exception| with the ":substitute" command.
6379 Example: >
6380
6381 :function! CheckRange(a, func)
6382 : if a:a < 0
6383 : throw "EXCEPT:MATHERR:RANGE(" . a:func . ")"
6384 : endif
6385 :endfunction
6386 :
6387 :function! Add(a, b)
6388 : call CheckRange(a:a, "Add")
6389 : call CheckRange(a:b, "Add")
6390 : let c = a:a + a:b
6391 : if c < 0
6392 : throw "EXCEPT:MATHERR:OVERFLOW"
6393 : endif
6394 : return c
6395 :endfunction
6396 :
6397 :function! Div(a, b)
6398 : call CheckRange(a:a, "Div")
6399 : call CheckRange(a:b, "Div")
6400 : if (a:b == 0)
6401 : throw "EXCEPT:MATHERR:ZERODIV"
6402 : endif
6403 : return a:a / a:b
6404 :endfunction
6405 :
6406 :function! Write(file)
6407 : try
6408 : execute "write" a:file
6409 : catch /^Vim(write):/
6410 : throw "EXCEPT:IO(" . getcwd() . ", " . a:file . "):WRITEERR"
6411 : endtry
6412 :endfunction
6413 :
6414 :try
6415 :
6416 : " something with arithmetics and I/O
6417 :
6418 :catch /^EXCEPT:MATHERR:RANGE/
6419 : let function = substitute(v:exception, '.*(\(\a\+\)).*', '\1', "")
6420 : echo "Range error in" function
6421 :
6422 :catch /^EXCEPT:MATHERR/ " catches OVERFLOW and ZERODIV
6423 : echo "Math error"
6424 :
6425 :catch /^EXCEPT:IO/
6426 : let dir = substitute(v:exception, '.*(\(.\+\),\s*.\+).*', '\1', "")
6427 : let file = substitute(v:exception, '.*(.\+,\s*\(.\+\)).*', '\1', "")
6428 : if file !~ '^/'
6429 : let file = dir . "/" . file
6430 : endif
6431 : echo 'I/O error for "' . file . '"'
6432 :
6433 :catch /^EXCEPT/
6434 : echo "Unspecified error"
6435 :
6436 :endtry
6437
6438The exceptions raised by Vim itself (on error or when pressing CTRL-C) use
6439a flat hierarchy: they are all in the "Vim" class. You cannot throw yourself
6440exceptions with the "Vim" prefix; they are reserved for Vim.
6441 Vim error exceptions are parameterized with the name of the command that
6442failed, if known. See |catch-errors|.
6443
6444
6445PECULIARITIES
6446 *except-compat*
6447The exception handling concept requires that the command sequence causing the
6448exception is aborted immediately and control is transferred to finally clauses
6449and/or a catch clause.
6450
6451In the Vim script language there are cases where scripts and functions
6452continue after an error: in functions without the "abort" flag or in a command
6453after ":silent!", control flow goes to the following line, and outside
6454functions, control flow goes to the line following the outermost ":endwhile"
6455or ":endif". On the other hand, errors should be catchable as exceptions
6456(thus, requiring the immediate abortion).
6457
6458This problem has been solved by converting errors to exceptions and using
6459immediate abortion (if not suppressed by ":silent!") only when a try
6460conditional is active. This is no restriction since an (error) exception can
6461be caught only from an active try conditional. If you want an immediate
6462termination without catching the error, just use a try conditional without
6463catch clause. (You can cause cleanup code being executed before termination
6464by specifying a finally clause.)
6465
6466When no try conditional is active, the usual abortion and continuation
6467behavior is used instead of immediate abortion. This ensures compatibility of
6468scripts written for Vim 6.1 and earlier.
6469
6470However, when sourcing an existing script that does not use exception handling
6471commands (or when calling one of its functions) from inside an active try
6472conditional of a new script, you might change the control flow of the existing
6473script on error. You get the immediate abortion on error and can catch the
6474error in the new script. If however the sourced script suppresses error
6475messages by using the ":silent!" command (checking for errors by testing
6476|v:errmsg| if appropriate), its execution path is not changed. The error is
6477not converted to an exception. (See |:silent|.) So the only remaining cause
6478where this happens is for scripts that don't care about errors and produce
6479error messages. You probably won't want to use such code from your new
6480scripts.
6481
6482 *except-syntax-err*
6483Syntax errors in the exception handling commands are never caught by any of
6484the ":catch" commands of the try conditional they belong to. Its finally
6485clauses, however, is executed.
6486 Example: >
6487
6488 :try
6489 : try
6490 : throw 4711
6491 : catch /\(/
6492 : echo "in catch with syntax error"
6493 : catch
6494 : echo "inner catch-all"
6495 : finally
6496 : echo "inner finally"
6497 : endtry
6498 :catch
6499 : echo 'outer catch-all caught "' . v:exception . '"'
6500 : finally
6501 : echo "outer finally"
6502 :endtry
6503
6504This displays: >
6505 inner finally
6506 outer catch-all caught "Vim(catch):E54: Unmatched \("
6507 outer finally
6508The original exception is discarded and an error exception is raised, instead.
6509
6510 *except-single-line*
6511The ":try", ":catch", ":finally", and ":endtry" commands can be put on
6512a single line, but then syntax errors may make it difficult to recognize the
6513"catch" line, thus you better avoid this.
6514 Example: >
6515 :try | unlet! foo # | catch | endtry
6516raises an error exception for the trailing characters after the ":unlet!"
6517argument, but does not see the ":catch" and ":endtry" commands, so that the
6518error exception is discarded and the "E488: Trailing characters" message gets
6519displayed.
6520
6521 *except-several-errors*
6522When several errors appear in a single command, the first error message is
6523usually the most specific one and therefor converted to the error exception.
6524 Example: >
6525 echo novar
6526causes >
6527 E121: Undefined variable: novar
6528 E15: Invalid expression: novar
6529The value of the error exception inside try conditionals is: >
6530 Vim(echo):E121: Undefined variable: novar
6531< *except-syntax-error*
6532But when a syntax error is detected after a normal error in the same command,
6533the syntax error is used for the exception being thrown.
6534 Example: >
6535 unlet novar #
6536causes >
6537 E108: No such variable: "novar"
6538 E488: Trailing characters
6539The value of the error exception inside try conditionals is: >
6540 Vim(unlet):E488: Trailing characters
6541This is done because the syntax error might change the execution path in a way
6542not intended by the user. Example: >
6543 try
6544 try | unlet novar # | catch | echo v:exception | endtry
6545 catch /.*/
6546 echo "outer catch:" v:exception
6547 endtry
6548This displays "outer catch: Vim(unlet):E488: Trailing characters", and then
6549a "E600: Missing :endtry" error message is given, see |except-single-line|.
6550
6551==============================================================================
65529. Examples *eval-examples*
6553
6554Printing in Hex ~
6555>
6556 :" The function Nr2Hex() returns the Hex string of a number.
6557 :func Nr2Hex(nr)
6558 : let n = a:nr
6559 : let r = ""
6560 : while n
6561 : let r = '0123456789ABCDEF'[n % 16] . r
6562 : let n = n / 16
6563 : endwhile
6564 : return r
6565 :endfunc
6566
6567 :" The function String2Hex() converts each character in a string to a two
6568 :" character Hex string.
6569 :func String2Hex(str)
6570 : let out = ''
6571 : let ix = 0
6572 : while ix < strlen(a:str)
6573 : let out = out . Nr2Hex(char2nr(a:str[ix]))
6574 : let ix = ix + 1
6575 : endwhile
6576 : return out
6577 :endfunc
6578
6579Example of its use: >
6580 :echo Nr2Hex(32)
6581result: "20" >
6582 :echo String2Hex("32")
6583result: "3332"
6584
6585
6586Sorting lines (by Robert Webb) ~
6587
6588Here is a Vim script to sort lines. Highlight the lines in Vim and type
6589":Sort". This doesn't call any external programs so it'll work on any
6590platform. The function Sort() actually takes the name of a comparison
6591function as its argument, like qsort() does in C. So you could supply it
6592with different comparison functions in order to sort according to date etc.
6593>
6594 :" Function for use with Sort(), to compare two strings.
6595 :func! Strcmp(str1, str2)
6596 : if (a:str1 < a:str2)
6597 : return -1
6598 : elseif (a:str1 > a:str2)
6599 : return 1
6600 : else
6601 : return 0
6602 : endif
6603 :endfunction
6604
6605 :" Sort lines. SortR() is called recursively.
6606 :func! SortR(start, end, cmp)
6607 : if (a:start >= a:end)
6608 : return
6609 : endif
6610 : let partition = a:start - 1
6611 : let middle = partition
6612 : let partStr = getline((a:start + a:end) / 2)
6613 : let i = a:start
6614 : while (i <= a:end)
6615 : let str = getline(i)
6616 : exec "let result = " . a:cmp . "(str, partStr)"
6617 : if (result <= 0)
6618 : " Need to put it before the partition. Swap lines i and partition.
6619 : let partition = partition + 1
6620 : if (result == 0)
6621 : let middle = partition
6622 : endif
6623 : if (i != partition)
6624 : let str2 = getline(partition)
6625 : call setline(i, str2)
6626 : call setline(partition, str)
6627 : endif
6628 : endif
6629 : let i = i + 1
6630 : endwhile
6631
6632 : " Now we have a pointer to the "middle" element, as far as partitioning
6633 : " goes, which could be anywhere before the partition. Make sure it is at
6634 : " the end of the partition.
6635 : if (middle != partition)
6636 : let str = getline(middle)
6637 : let str2 = getline(partition)
6638 : call setline(middle, str2)
6639 : call setline(partition, str)
6640 : endif
6641 : call SortR(a:start, partition - 1, a:cmp)
6642 : call SortR(partition + 1, a:end, a:cmp)
6643 :endfunc
6644
6645 :" To Sort a range of lines, pass the range to Sort() along with the name of a
6646 :" function that will compare two lines.
6647 :func! Sort(cmp) range
6648 : call SortR(a:firstline, a:lastline, a:cmp)
6649 :endfunc
6650
6651 :" :Sort takes a range of lines and sorts them.
6652 :command! -nargs=0 -range Sort <line1>,<line2>call Sort("Strcmp")
6653<
6654 *sscanf*
6655There is no sscanf() function in Vim. If you need to extract parts from a
6656line, you can use matchstr() and substitute() to do it. This example shows
6657how to get the file name, line number and column number out of a line like
6658"foobar.txt, 123, 45". >
6659 :" Set up the match bit
6660 :let mx='\(\f\+\),\s*\(\d\+\),\s*\(\d\+\)'
6661 :"get the part matching the whole expression
6662 :let l = matchstr(line, mx)
6663 :"get each item out of the match
6664 :let file = substitute(l, mx, '\1', '')
6665 :let lnum = substitute(l, mx, '\2', '')
6666 :let col = substitute(l, mx, '\3', '')
6667
6668The input is in the variable "line", the results in the variables "file",
6669"lnum" and "col". (idea from Michael Geddes)
6670
6671==============================================================================
667210. No +eval feature *no-eval-feature*
6673
6674When the |+eval| feature was disabled at compile time, none of the expression
6675evaluation commands are available. To prevent this from causing Vim scripts
6676to generate all kinds of errors, the ":if" and ":endif" commands are still
6677recognized, though the argument of the ":if" and everything between the ":if"
6678and the matching ":endif" is ignored. Nesting of ":if" blocks is allowed, but
6679only if the commands are at the start of the line. The ":else" command is not
6680recognized.
6681
6682Example of how to avoid executing commands when the |+eval| feature is
6683missing: >
6684
6685 :if 1
6686 : echo "Expression evaluation is compiled in"
6687 :else
6688 : echo "You will _never_ see this message"
6689 :endif
6690
6691==============================================================================
669211. The sandbox *eval-sandbox* *sandbox* *E48*
6693
6694The 'foldexpr', 'includeexpr', 'indentexpr', 'statusline' and 'foldtext'
6695options are evaluated in a sandbox. This means that you are protected from
6696these expressions having nasty side effects. This gives some safety for when
6697these options are set from a modeline. It is also used when the command from
6698a tags file is executed.
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00006699The sandbox is also used for the |:sandbox| command.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006700
6701These items are not allowed in the sandbox:
6702 - changing the buffer text
6703 - defining or changing mapping, autocommands, functions, user commands
6704 - setting certain options (see |option-summary|)
6705 - executing a shell command
6706 - reading or writing a file
6707 - jumping to another buffer or editing a file
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00006708This is not guaranteed 100% secure, but it should block most attacks.
6709
6710 *:san* *:sandbox*
Bram Moolenaar045e82d2005-07-08 22:25:33 +00006711:san[dbox] {cmd} Execute {cmd} in the sandbox. Useful to evaluate an
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00006712 option that may have been set from a modeline, e.g.
6713 'foldexpr'.
6714
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006715
6716 vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: